The July Brief 2019
Waste Not Everyday 365 ways to reduce, reuse and reconnect Erin Rhoads All the tips, tricks and motivation you need to transition to a less wasteful life. Suited to those who are interested in taking their first steps towards a zero waste lifestyle, this book is a lighter, easier approach to Erin’s first and more in depth book, Waste Not. Also makes a great gift for friends and family looking for a simple introduction to the concept of zero waste. Would you like to throw away less? Do something for the planet? But not ready to dive straight into composting or go totally plastic-free yet? Waste Not Everyday is your step-by-step guide with 365 easy changes that will not only influence what you throw out but also have a genuine impact on the future of our planet.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Flexibound
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781743795552
Publisher
Hardie Grant Books
Split into four easy-to-follow parts, Waste Not Everyday features simple tips that will lead to a real shift in thinking and action and show you that a zero-waste lifestyle is actually achievable – for everyone, every budget and every schedule. With tips ranging from actions and inspiration to recipes and resources, Erin Rhoads, well-known zero-waste advocate and author of Waste Not, takes you on a gentle journey towards a life with less waste and more meaning.
Author Details
Home Design
Erin Rhoads has been writing about her zero-waste journey since 2013. Her blog, The Rogue Ginger, quickly became one of Australia’s most popular eco-lifestyle websites, and Erin is now a prominent commentator on zero-waste living. She divides her time consulting with businesses on waste reduction, sharing skills and ideas at workshops and talks for kids and adults around Australia, and participating in environmental action groups. Erin was a consultant on Australia’s War on Waste and is a regular contributor on ABC Radio. She has been featured on BBC World, The Project, Sunrise, The Age, The Guardian, The Australian Women's Weekly, Marie Claire, Peppermint magazine and many more. Erin lives in Melbourne, Australia, with her husband and son. Also Available by Erin Rhoads:
Format
165 x 115 mm
Key Information
Extent
240pp
Illustrations
Full colour throughout
•
Age Range
NA
•
Terms
SOR
Imprint Series Category
HG Local NA
•
• • •
Waste Not Everyday makes the zero-waste lifestyle achievable for all readers with its 365 tips and motivational reminders. Waste Not Everyday is a gift with benefits that extend beyond the individual. The zero-waste movement is a growing trend that will only continue to gain importance in years to come. Erin Rhoads, also known as the Rogue Ginger, is a passionate and well-known advocate of the zero-waste lifestyle with 19.2k Instagram and 10.2k Facebook followers. Previous Book, Waste Not, was a great success with over 10,000 copies sold. Marketing and publicity campaign on release. Price AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99 ISBN
9781743794623
Special Offer Now Available! Waste Not Everyday 10 copy pack
GTIN 9349685011712 10 copies of Waste Not Everyday at 50% discount AU RRP $199.90 with discount $99.95 NZ RRP $229.90 with discount $114.95
#41
#39
General-purpose citrus cleaner
Cook root to tip. Cauliflower leaves, beetroot (beet) leaves and stalks, carrot top stalks, coriander (cilantro) stems, pepitas (pumpkin seeds) and potato skins can all be eaten.
citrus peels (lemon or orange or both) vinegar
#40
Save up any scraps or wilted veg to make broths, stocks or even chutney. Overripe fruit can be turned into jam or compote for dessert and porridge. Turn stale bread into crunchy garlic breadcrumbs and croutons for salads and soups.
Ingredients
How to put it together 1. Half fill an empty jar with the citrus peels. 2. Top up the jar with vinegar. 3. Put the lid on and keep in a dark place for 6 weeks. Strain. 4. Decant to a spray bottle and use.
#42
Become a leftover lover and package any food left from the night before to have for lunch the next day.
FOOD
Citrus peels can be used for cleaning.
#91
#92
Websites like recyclingnearyou.com.au in Australia, recycle.co.nz in New Zealand, earth911.com in the USA and recyclenow.com in the UK have information on items that can be recycled but not accepted through your local rubbish collection, like mattresses or light globes.
#93
In the UK alone, more than 4000 tonnes of aluminium foil is discarded during Christmas festivities. If foil can’t be reused, rinse it and roll it into a ball the size of your fist so it can be recycled. Or do without.
#94
Avoid ‘wish-cycling’ or putting something into the recycling bin, hoping for the best. If we get our recycling wrong or do it through incorrect collection points, we are potentially damaging the recycling process for others who do take the time to do it correctly.
R E C YC L A B L E S
Become a smart recycler! Each council, state and country recycles differently. The best place to learn what are the correct items to place into your kerb recycling is your local council’s website or from whoever manages your recycling.
#146
#144
#147
Lip balm #145
Exfoliate with ingredients from your kitchen that also act as a face mask. Explore online how to use sugar, oatmeal, honey, apple cider vinegar, lemon, ground coffee and even papaya in beauty products.
Ingredients 2 tablespoons beeswax 6 tablespoons olive oil
How to put it together 1. Fill a saucepan with water and place a glass bowl on top as a double boiler, bringing the heat of the stove to medium. 2. Put the beeswax and olive oil into the glass bowl and stir until the beeswax has melted and both have combined. Pour into a container or old lip balm tin and leave to cool before using.
R E C YC L A B L E S
Balance the natural pH of your skin with apple cider vinegar diluted with water as a simple homemade toner.
Etsy, local markets, health-food stores and bulk stores stock ready-made zero-waste beauty products and ingredients for making your own.
#181
Wrap gifts with cloth bags, secondhand scarves, tea (dish) towels or leftover fabric from sewing. Look up furoshiki, a Japanese style of wrapping using cloth. Not only does it look cool, the reusable cloth wrapping will be a conversation starter on using less paper.
Vintage magazines (from charity stores), newspaper, atlas pages, old street directories and even children’s artwork make great wrapping instead of buying new rolls of wrapping paper for each celebration.
Try making your own decorative patterns with stamps made from potatoes and experimenting with homemade inks from vegetables and fruit like beetroot (beets) for a fun craft project.
OT H E R
#182
#183
#319
Consider changing your email signature to include a message about your low-waste goals and a tip on how to refuse, reduce and reuse.
Encourage double-sided printing; this will help an office save on money, printer ink and paper.
#320
#323
Audit the stationery cupboard at the office before automatically buying new stationery. You might find there are already staplers, pens and folders ready to be used.
Look for secondhand folders or choose new ones made only of cardboard rather than with a vinyl covering.
#322
#324 #321
Used and broken pens, pencils and markers can be recycled through TerraCycle. Visit the website for your country to find drop-off locations.
B E YO N D
Instead of buying individual stationery, share items like sharpeners, rulers, hole punches and tape dispensers and make sure to swap to paper tape instead of plastic.
Only In Tokyo Two chefs, 24 hours, the ultimate food city Michael Ryan and Luke Burgess A compelling and rare window on this exciting food city through the lens of chefs and Japanophiles Michael Ryan and Luke Burgess. Join intrepid chefs Michael Ryan and Luke Burgess on the best sort of culinary adventure – one that could happen only in Tokyo. From daybreak to late night, discover the creative people and compelling stories behind the restaurants, bars and tea houses of the world’s most exciting food destination. This is a book as much for people travelling to the city as it is for those with an appreciation of its special magic.
Author Details
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Hardback
Price
AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00
ISBN
9781743794791
Publisher
Hardie Grant Books
Imprint
HG Local
Series
NA
Category
Travel
Format
248 x 190 mm
Extent
224pp
Illustrations
Full colour photography
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
Michael Ryan is one of Australia’s most respected chefs. With partner Jeanette Henderson, he is the owner of Provenance Restaurant in Beechworth, North East Victoria. After initially studying science at the University of Adelaide and working in chemistry for several years, Michael was drawn to cooking. He opened his first restaurant with Jeanette, Range, in 2006. Range won a succession of two hat awards in The Age Good Food Guide, as well as Country Restaurant of the Year in 2008. Provenance opened in early 2009 and has since gone on to receive two hats every year since. In 2013, Provenance won Best Regional Restaurant and Michael Ryan was named Chef of the Year. Michael has a long-term interest in Japanese cuisine, and this is reflected in the techniques and flavours used in the Provenance menus. He also hosts small group guided tours to Japan each year. Luke Burgess finished his apprenticeship at renowned Sydney restaurant Tetsuya’s before embarking on a career in freelance food and travel photography. In 2006 Luke and his partner moved to Tasmania in search of a culinary adventure and soon after opened Pecora Café, about 45 minutes south of Hobart. A couple of years later, inspired by a stint at Copenhagen’s Noma, Luke and business partners Katrina Birchmeier and Kirk Richardson opened Garagistes in Hobart. In 2011, Luke won Best New Talent in the Gourmet Traveller Restaurant Awards, and Garagistes scored two stars in the Gourmet Traveller Restaurant Guide and was listed in Australia’s top 100 restaurants. Since closing Garagistes in 2015, Luke has cooked in eight different countries, run Sydney’s 10 William St for five months, and started a company consulting to emerging hospitality ventures. His plans for the future include a farm-based business facilitating the division between kitchen and garden, while exploring what can grow in Southern Australia.
Key Information • A foodie's guide to Tokyo with tips with tips from local chefs, baristas, sommeliers and journalists. • Structured loosely through the progression of a day, starting with breakfast and coffee stops, moving on to places to visit for lunch, then through to mid-afternoon, dinner and late at night. • There is a photograph of each venue, along with capsule information on why to visit it, what to order, where it is and when it is open. • Tokyo and Japan are seriously on trend right now with thousands of Australian tourists visiting each year. With the upcoming 2020 Olympics and the 2019 Rugby World cup to be set in Tokyo, this interest is only set to increase.
Why The best sandwich in Tokyo What to ask for Prosciutto, shiso and yuzu baguette Where 42-2 Kamiyamacho, Shibuya-ku When 8 am–5 pm (closed Monday)
Camelback
Camelback is an unlikely shop in a city full of unlikely shops.
S
et up by Hayato Naruse, an ex–sushi chef, it’s a sandwich shop done with the obsession for detail that the Japanese are renowned for. The country can certainly lay claim to some of the world’s greatest sandwiches – the tonkatsu (crumbed pork) sando found throughout Japan and the ham and egg sandwiches from Lawson stores are prime examples, though they are of a particular style, with fluffy white bread being a main feature. To get a good crusty roll with fresh fillings is a little harder in Japan, but this hole-in-the-wall establishment just off the main thoroughfare of the increasingly cool and urbane Tomigaya/ Kamiyamacho area is one of your better choices. They offer a small number of sandwiches, each carefully crafted and all very good. Their egg sandwich features tamagoyaki, or rolled omelette, which you may be familiar with from sushi restaurants. Their signature sandwich is a ham sandwich, but done through a prism of Japanese ingredients – shiso leaf and freshly grated yuzu rind alongside prosciutto. It almost sounds too simple to work, but the balance is perfect. Naruse-san cures his own lamb ‘bacon’ for another sandwich finished with coriander and dried tomato. This being Japan, the sandwiches aren’t foot-longs, and are all the better for it. They make a perfect mid-afternoon snack, or a light lunch when you know you have a multiple-course dinner ahead (which can be often in Tokyo). The coffee, too, is good enough to come here just for that; it’s on the darker side of the roast spectrum.
17
Path Who recommended Kullen Ozeki Why Fits all your needs, be it breakfast, lunch or dinner What to ask for Dutch pancakes Address 1-44-2 Tomigaya, Shibuya-ku
18
Hours 8 am–2 pm and 6–11 pm (closed Monday and occasionally Sunday)
UNU Farmers’ Market The Tokyo farmers’ market scene is not on the level of other major cities, perhaps because Japan never succumbed to mega supermarkets. Supermarkets in Japan are generally smaller, more personal affairs with high-quality meats, fruits and vegetables. But the farmers’ markets that do exist in Tokyo are great, and the one in front of the United Nations University is the best known. As with all great farmers’ markets, the place has an air of celebration about it. If you’re lucky, you might see some of Tokyo’s chefs shopping here. There are usually fifty or so vendors, with a good range of fruits, some amazing varieties of daikon, fresh lettuces and other greens. The market is also the place for small-batch producers of honey, coffee, tea, jams, cakes and muffins. There is even a stall that produces some wonderfully scented sesame oil on-site. You can’t help but wish there was a little less plastic, but this is Japan, the home of over-packaging. If all the produce starts making you hungry, there are also plenty of food vans. The tiny roast meat van is one of the best – literally crammed with various roasted and smoked meats, to the point that it takes you a while to realise there’s also a chef inside. Other great vans are the Japanese omelette van and Japanese curry van. There are coffee and beer vans, too. Why See just how important food is to the people of Tokyo What to ask for Samples – lots of stalls are happy for you to try before you buy Where 5-53-70 Jingumae, Shibuya-ku When 10 am–4 pm weekends
35
Harritts Donuts Who recommended Kullen Ozeki Why All donuts should be this good What to ask for Sakura donut Where 1-34-2 Uehara, Shibuya-ku
36
When 9.30 am–6 pm Wednesday–Friday, 11 am–6 pm Saturday, Sunday and public holidays
Harritts Donuts takes the concept of the hidden Tokyo shop to ridiculously obscure levels.
D
own a small side street is an old Japanese house, seemingly too small to house a cafe and donut factory; slide open the traditional wooden door and enter a cosy space, seating maybe ten people. The tiny venue is a perfect example of how well space is utilised in Tokyo. Harritts’ selection of donuts includes chocolate, cherry blossom, vanilla, earl grey, pumpkin and more. I don’t like donuts as much as the next person, so when recommended that I go to this shop, I wasn’t overly enthusiastic. I was very wrong. The donuts are a little denser and chewier than the more mass-produced varieties, and better for it. Their coffee is very high quality too. This is a great, secluded spot for a little down time in Tokyo, and a lesson on how the Japanese can take a thing and elevate it to perfection. In fact, Harritts do donuts so well, they now have stores in Taipei and Singapore.
Most places in Tokyo provide a challenge to shoot due s to their size, but Haritts take ll the cake, particularly at fu capacity.
38
39
Bistro Rojiura Who recommended Masahiro Onishi Why Cool, backstreet Shibuya vibe What to ask for Coffee and French toast Where 11-2 Udagawacho, Shibuya-ku When 8 am–2 pm and 6 pm–midnight (closed Monday and one Sunday each month)
Bistro Rojiura is another great option for those looking for an early meal in a city not renowned for its breakfast.
A
nd if the place reminds you a little of Path (see page 18), it’s because it is owned by the same (small) restaurant group. A simple equation is in practice at Rojiura – good coffee, relaxing and comfortable decor, great food and informed service. But most of us know that simple doesn’t mean easy. As with Path, there is great attention to detail in all aspects. Again like Path, the venue has two personalities: the breakfast/ brunch service is available until 2 pm, then the more serious dinner option begins at 6 pm. Breakfast is a tight menu – maybe granola with yoghurt, French toast, avocado with scrambled eggs, and a vegetable and lentil curry. The à la carte dinner menu is more extensive and ambitious, featuring carefully sourced meats and vegetables. There is also a set menu available at the ridiculously low price of 5400 yen. The wine list is mainly French small producers, with a bit of a lean towards the natural. Rojiura may not be the true Japanese experience that many travellers to Tokyo are looking for (particularly those new to the city), but is loved by the urbane and international population living there.
40
41
Paris Pocket Precincts A Pocket Guide to the City's Best Cultural Hangouts, Shops, Bars and Eateries Donna Wheeler
DRAF T
C OV E R
As the world’s most visited city, Paris is a place of fable and fantasy, of elegant boulevards and masterpiece-packed museums, of history and high culture. It’s also a vibrant city exploding with youthful energy and fresh ideas. Join Parisians as they go about their daily life, sharing an apéro at canal-side wine bars, discovering local artisan shops selling everything from perfume to porcelain, lingerie to luggage and dancing in hidden basement clubs to up-and-coming DJs. With this book in hand you’ll get the best of the sights and where the locals go. Paris Pocket Precincts is your curated guide to the city’s best cultural, shopping, eating and drinking experiences. As well as detailed reviews and maps for major attractions through to hidden gems, this guide includes a selection of 'field trips' encouraging you to venture further afield to Versailles, Champagne and Lyon.
Author Details Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781741176308
Publisher
Explore Australia
Writer and content creator Donna Wheeler has been a regular visitor to Paris for decades and a part-time resident for the last five years. The city has been her base while she spent over ten years on the road for Lonely Planet in Europe, Scandinavia and North Africa, reviewing hotels for The Telegraph (UK), writing on contemporary art and design and working on various magazine projects. Her enchantment with the city began via its starring role in New Wave cinema, and while its 19th-century architectural grace and historic frisson still give her goosebumps on a daily basis, it’s Paris' contemporary art and music scene, its many multicultural quartiers and ever evolving culinary culture that really thrills her.
Imprint
General
Key Information
Series
Pocket Precincts
Category
Travel
Format
182 x 130 mm
•
Extent
224pp
•
Illustrations
Full colour throughout
•
Age Range
NA
•
SOR
•
Terms
• •
A compact and light paperback, perfect for slipping into your back pocket. Divided into separate precincts, each featuring the authors' favourite cultural, shopping, eating and drinking places. Includes maps at the back and suggested day trips in the surrounding area. Detailed reviews and maps for major attractions through to hidden gems. This guide includes a selection of 'field trips' encouraging you to venture outside the city. The latest book in the popular precincts series that includes Kyoto, Adelaide, Hanoi and Tokyo. Counter pack available to easily display and promote the guides.
A PERFECT PARIS DAY As the saying goes, Paris is always a good idea, even when most Parisians are asleep. The city isn’t known for its early risers and grabbing a coffee first thing can prove tricky. So after I drag myself out of bed I’ll go for a quick poke around the Marché d’Aligre, or perhaps a quiet stroll up through Cimetière du Père Lachaise. After, I’ll head to Shakespeare & Co café for a café noisette when they open at 9.30am. Then to Musée Rodin to visit my favourite sculptures and drawings before some contemplation in the gardens. If it’s a day for indulging I’ll settle in for a fourcourse Basque blowout at l’Ami Jean, though in summer, I’ll cross the Seine and it’ll be leeks vinaigrette or carpaccio at Maison Maison by the river-facing windows. A postprandial micro-nap might be needed at this point, so I’ll find a chair at the Jardin du Palais-Royal. I’ll then have a window shop beneath its colonnades, swing past Brigitte Tanaka and along the Faubourg St Honore. Or if I need to pick up a shirt or tee, I’ll head to the Marais’ rue des Francs Bourgeois. I’ll peek at the newest installation at the nearby Musée de la Chasse et de la Nature , then grab a sweet treat at Chambelland up in the 11th. On the way out again in the evening, I’ll swing past the Baron Rouge for a sneaky Muscadet, then Velib up to Canal Saint-Martin and try for a table at neobistro Verre Vole or otherwise head to Déviant for standing room small plates, a Tunisian brik and natural wine. I’ll head back to the Seine, lingering along the Bassin de l’Arsenal before home, but if kicking-on is on the cards, I’ll meet friends for barhopping along the rue du Faubourg Saint-Denis with cocktails at Le Syndicat, before a midnight DJ set at Le Java. If I’m in for a really big night or there’s a band I know playing, I’ll head to Pigalle, where things will quite possibly will go on till dawn (did I mention Parisians aren’t early risers?).
vi
1424 Paris PP_2.indd 6-7
vii
1/2/19 9:43 am
LE PREMIER, 1ST ‘Le Premier’ arrondissement is Paris’ literal and historical heart. Over a quarter of it is taken up by the Jardin des Tuileries, so you’ll undoubtedly find yourself in this one-time garden of Catherine de Medici, a beloved public park since the French Revolution. Meander around its ponds, down broad avenues, past (overpriced) cafes and among the hubbub of its summertime funfair. To one side you’ll find the equally historic and expansive Louvre museum (see p. XXX), as well as the rue di Rivoli, the retail golden mile of rue Saint-Honore and the stately Palais-Royal (see p. XXX). Along with the 8th arrondissement, this is also where most of the city’s famed five-star hotels, such as Le Meurice, the Ritz and newcomer Nolinksi, cluster. Les Halles was, until the 1970s, the city’s legendary food market and its surrounding streets are still fun to explore with round-the-clock diners and restaurant supply shops that once serviced the market traders and customers. The 1st also takes in a small slice of the Seine’s largest island, the Île de la Cité (see p. XXX) and the glorious stone Pont de’ Neuf, spanning the Seine, with its dual arches and bronze and equine statue of King Henri IV. Metro: Louvre – Rivoli, Pyramides, Pont Neuf, Chatelet, Palais-Royal
S SIGHT re Louv e L . 1 aume u de P 2. Je IN P G SHOP oyal -R is la tte 3. Pa er de Villa sti a k A a . n 4 a T rigitte 5. B Dehillerin . 6. E
caption to come
1424 Paris PP_2.indd 10-1
EA 7. La TING Pâtis par C serie du M édric Grole eurice EA t 8. Té TING & DRIN lescop K IN G 9. M e a 10. C ison Maiso hez La n Vielle DR 11. Is INKING adora
1
1/2/19 9:44 am
LE PREMIER, 1ST
LE PREMIER, 1ST
7 LA PÂTISSERIE DU MEURICE PAR CÉDRIC GROLET 6 rue de Castiglione, 75001 01 44 58 10 10 www.dorchestercollection.com Open Tues–Sun 12pm–6pm (often earlier) Metro Tuileries [MAP p. 185 B2]
So you’ve had a macaron or two in your time, know your way around a Paris-Brest and are oh so familiar with frangipane fillings? Then Cédric Grolet is your pâtissier. The official pastry chef for 5-star Hotel Meurice, and voted the best in the world in 2017, Grolet’s creations were once only available for hotel guests and those taking tea. Now his brass and stone workshop just around the corner welcomes all, and staff toil over tarts, glaze fruit and pipe crème-patissiere in front of your eyes. Grolet’s style rests firmly in French tradition but he uses far less sugar, and he’s fond of riffing on the natural flavours of a key ingredient. His famous trompe-l’oeil apples, a kouglof or tart to share come glamorously packaged and are surprisingly affordable. In-shop photo ops are encouraged – it’s all a joyful celebration of the seasons and the pâtissier’s art. Note: the shop closes once the day’s wares are sold; if you’re after a large tart, order 48 hours in advance. 10
1424 Paris PP_2.indd 10-11
8 TÉLESCOPE 5 rue Villedo, 75001 01 42 61 33 14 No website Open Mon–Fri 8.30am–5pm, Sat 9.30am–6.30pm Metro Pyramides [MAP p. 185 B2]
POCKET TIP For gluten-free, try these cafes: Chambelland Boulangerie (11th); Helmut Newcake (9th); Noglu Restaurant & Épicerie (2nd); Wild and the Moon (various locations).
POCKET TIP For specialist roasters and ‘third wave’ cafes head to Honor (1e); Matamata (2nd); Coutume (7th); Lomi (18th).
One of the vanguard figures in Paris’ coffee revolution, Nicolas Clerc is still turning out perfect café noisettes and café crèmes from locally roasted beans on his Marzocco espresso machine daily at Télescope, a firm favourite with the city’s coffee cognoscenti. Nic and his band of bilingual regulars are always up for a chat; ‘I baked the financiers myself … do you think they’re moist enough?’ he may enquire when you come to pay your bill. Delightfully unassuming and friendly, Télescope does however have notable exactitudes – the carefully sourced soughdough bread used in its sandwiches, good croissants; and the deliciously perverse step to declare itself a wifi- and laptop-free zone in an increasingly wired city. If the tables and stools are all taken, grab yours to go, and head to that sublimely pretty, rose-filled Jardin du Palais Royal.
11
1/2/19 9:44 am
LE PREMIER, 1ST
11 ISADORA 60 rue Jean-Jacques Rousseau, 75001 09 53 13 67 70 www.isadora.paris Open Tues–Sat 6pm–2am Metro Palais Royal–Musée du Louvre, Etienne Marcel [MAP p. 185 B2]
Paris is suddenly full of ‘secret’ bars in basements and self-proclaimed speakeasies, though social media coverage make many seem like just another tourist-clad (overpriced) drinking hole. Where to go when you want a deliciously louche interior, a touch of exclusive frisson and a credible DJ soundtrack? Isadora invites high-heels and eyeliner, but T-shirts will work as well, and there’s no queues and no attitude. The little shopfront place’s 19th-century murals of deep green exotic forests conjure places distant in time and place and the cocktails, spirits and sparklings on offer are all French, all top shelf. There’s also the occasional surprise, from rock star live sets, performance art pop-ups, a burlesque and the odd famous indie actor doing shots at the bar. During Paris Fashion Week in October and February, and the FIAC and ParisPhoto art fairs, call ahead to make sure it’s not closed for private functions.
14
1424 Paris PP_2.indd 14-15
15
1/2/19 9:44 am
SENTIER, MONTORGUEIL & BOURSE, 2ND
SENTIER, MONTORGUEIL & BOURSE, 2ND
3 ESPACE KILIWATCH
4 SÉZANE
64 rue Tiquetonne, 75002 espacekiliwatch.fr 01 42 21 17 37 Open Mon–Sat 10.30am– 7.30pm Metro Étienne Marcel, Sentier [MAP p. 185 B2]
1 rue Saint Fiacre, 75002 www.sezane.com Open Tues–Sat 11am–8pm Metro Grands Boulevards, Bonne Nouvelle [MAP p. 185 B2]
‘Vintage shopping’ in Paris can often mean a visit to byappointment only dealers who trade in couture or designer pieces that sell for far more than their contemporary counterparts. If you’re looking for down-to-earth prices, Kikiwatch offers the more usual endless racks of preloved pieces experience. While you’re not necessarily going to uncover any charity shop bargains here, you will find a helpfully themed, range of ‘fripes’ (old clothes), all in great condition, to pour over, including a whole section dedicated to striped Breton tees. New stock includes jeans, limited-edition sneakers, sunglasses, accessories and seasonal ranges, like French espridrilles in summer or toasty locally sourced knits in winter. Plus there’s a nicely curated selection of fashion press in the magazine carrousels. Alexandre Voisin and staff are a hoot and happy to help; if you’re a jeans addict, say hi to the bearded Jacques Grosz, who is bonafide Insta-famous and one of Paris’ leading denim experts. 20
1424 Paris PP_2.indd 20-21
POCKET TIP
POCKET TIP The last millinery atelier in central Paris, Anthony Peto (56 rue Tiquetonne) turns out traditional styles with a twist at reasonable prices.
Deamain (3 rue SaintFiacre) is Sézane’s charity shop, selling clothes from previous seasons and samples, open 21st to 31st of each month.
Whether you’re already hooked on the jeans, jumpers and French-girl florals of this affordable, casual online brand or not, Morgane Sézalory’s bricks and mortar flagship – known as l’apartement, and yes it does feel like a light, feminine Parisian home – is a delight. Here you can see, and try on, all the looks you’ve wish-listed, or, if it’s your first encounter, be totally seduced into the Sézane lifestyle. And lifestyle it is, with head-totoe women’s fashion –shoes, bags, scarves and jewellery, plus a growing collection of homewares, not available online. It also stocks books, stationery and other suitcase friendly gifts. If you’re handbag shopping, complimentary hot-stamping of your initials is done daily after noon, and if you’re keen for any particular style (runs are often limited) order online up to two weeks before you’re due in Paris, then pick up at the next door ‘concierge’.
21
1/2/19 9:44 am
London Pocket Precincts A Pocket Guide to the City's Best Cultural Hangouts, Shops, Bars and Eateries Penny Watson
DRAF T
C OV E R
London is one of the world’s grandest cities, rivalling Paris and Rome for iconic buildings and stately architecture, and New York for world-class creativity, fashion and culture. It’s an ever-evolving city, a multicultural melting pot with residents from around the globe speaking more than 300 languages, but it also retains those very loveable English traditions that are as steeped in the city's fabric as a good pot of tea.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781741176322
Publisher
Explore Australia
Imprint
General
Series
Pocket Precincts
Category
Travel
Format
182 x 130 mm
Extent
200pp
Illustrations
Full colour throughout
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
London Pocket Precincts is your curated guide to the city’s best cultural, shopping, eating and drinking experiences. From hip Bermondsey with its markets and wine bars to affluent Knightsbridge’s grand department stores; from Covent Garden’s shopping to the gentrified Kings Cross; whether you’ve been to London many times or this is your first visit, with this book in hand you’ll discover the personality of each precinct. As well as detailed reviews and maps for major attractions through to hidden gems, this guide includes a selection of 'field trips' encouraging you to venture further afield to Greenwich, Bath, Henley and Brighton. Slip this guide into your pocket and head off on an adventure, experiencing the hippest places in London and surrounds like a local.
Author Details Award-winning writer, journalist and author Penny Watson has lived in London twice over the past two decades. She married Philip King, an Englishman with a fittingly regal name, and has adopted his family during summer vacations ever since. Penny has travelled the world, written feature articles for countless magazines, newspapers and blogs, and researched a number of guidebooks including Hong Kong Precincts , one of the predecessor titles to the Pocket Precincts series. She is currently working on three upcoming titles for Hardie Grant Travel, Slow Travel – A Movement , Hong Kong Pocket Precincts and Ultimate Campsites: Australia . She is a member of both the British Guild of Travel Writers, and Australian Society of Travel Writers. She currently resides in Melbourne with Philip and her two children Digby and Etienne.
Key Information • • • • • • •
A compact and light paperback, perfect for slipping into your back pocket. Divided into separate precincts, each featuring the authors' favourite cultural, shopping, eating and drinking places. Includes maps at the back and suggested day trips in the surrounding area. Detailed reviews and maps for major attractions through to hidden gems. This guide includes a selection of 'field trips' encouraging you to venture outside the city. The latest book in the popular precincts series that includes Kyoto, Adelaide, Hanoi and Tokyo. Counter pack available to easily display and promote the guides.
A PERFECT LONDON DAY My perfect days in London are many and varied. This is just one. Start central in Covent Garden at Fabrique Artisan Bakery where breakfast comes in the form of flaky cinnamon and cardamom buns. Stroll to Trafalgar Square for an obligatory photo by Nelson’s Column. Meander back through Seven Dials to Covent Garden Market taking a sneak-peek at Super Superficial T-shirts and Tatty Devine jewellery bling along the way. Enjoy the festive atmosphere of the market’s buskers and stalls before navigating your way to Somerset House to check-out the bookshop, exhibitions and architecture. Cross the Waterloo Bridge and enjoy the boats and the views along the River Thames as you go. On the other side, London’s South Bank promenade is a buzzy place where you can marvel at the oak tree avenues, book market, skaters and ice-cream eating crowd before continuing south along the Thames Path to London Eye observation wheel. Decide to ride or save your sky-high sightseeing for later in the day. From here the Thames Clipper ferry (or the 25-minute Thames Path walk) will drop you downriver at the brown-brick Tate Modern, in the former Bankside Power Station. Enjoy contemporary art with the downloadable highlights tour then head to Tate Modern Restaurant, on level 9, for lunch or just enjoy the Thames views. From up here you’ll see the Millennium Footbridge, which is directly aligned with St Paul’s Cathedral. If your legs are still working cross the bridge for a closer look, otherwise continue along the river past Shakespeare’s Globe from where it’s a 10-minute walk to open-air Borough Market, another perfect lunch spot and London’s oldest market with vendors selling fresh produce and European delicacies. If you didn’t do London Eye earlier, catch panoramic views on the 72nd floor (open-air top) of The Shard for sunset. You can tick off most of London’s icons including nearby Tower Bridge and Tower of London. Next stop is Bermondsey High Street’s José Tapas Bar for authentic Spanish and a glass of cava. Alternatively, 40 Maltby Street does natural wine and share plates with a French spin. From here, the craft brewers along Bermondsey Beer Mile are your key to a late night. Alternatively, from The Shard, head back to Soho for dim sum at Bao or Sri Lankan at Hoppers and a West End theatre show. vi
1412 LONDON PP_2.indd 6-7
vii
24/1/19 10:54 am
COVENT GARDEN
COVENT GARDEN
1 COVENT GARDEN MARKET
2 SOMERSET HOUSE
The Market Bldg, 41, WC2E 8RF 020 7420 5856 www.coventgarden.london Open Mon–Sat 10am–7pm, Sun 11am–4pm Tube Covent Garden [MAP p. 165 F4]
Somerset House, Strand, WC2R 1LA 020 7845 4600 www.somersethouse.org.uk Open Mon–Tues 10am–6pm, Wed–Fri 11am–8pm, Sat–Sun 10am–6pm Tube Covent Garden [MAP p. 179 B1]
Older Brits speak sentimentally about the old Covent Garden Market and the ‘real Londoner’ stallholders – women with cigarettes stuck to their bottom lip selling flowers, men in big coats breathing out steam as they hauled boxes of broccoli around. Today’s market, which moved here in 1974, does lack some of the barter and bustle of the original (you can only imagine what it would have been like in the 18th century), but the retail hub is still eye-popping and wonderfully London with bunting and Union Jack flags. The neoclassical covered market building, in the middle of the piazza, is made up of two inner courtyards, where opera singers and knife jugglers entertain, while you pop between cafes, shops, eateries and stalls. The Apple Market has crafty bags, jewellery and indie clothes stalls, a contrast to the heritage Central Arcade with its bespoke perfumes and artisan gelato shops. Jubilee market is a kitsch joint selling antiques and tacky souvenirs on alternate days. 2
1412 LONDON PP_2.indd 2-3
POCKET TIP High-end international brands surround the market, alongside London Transport Museum, St Paul’s Church and the Royal Opera House.
POCKET TIP In summer, the central courtyard is alive with dancing water fountains, whereas in winter you’ll find an ice-skating rink. Both good fun.
It’s an imposing neoclassical building, sure, but it’s not until you’re in the inner courtyard of the city’s preeminent arts hub and surrounded by four-storey palatial windows, grandiose colonnaded balconies and a flag-topped green dome that you get a sense of how impressive this place is. What’s more, you can just walk straight in off the street – no admission fees, no queues, no fuss. It’s worth a visit for the architectural snoop alone, but this is home to creatives, artists and makers. Navigate around revolving installations, exhibitions, workshops, live music gigs and talks. Spend a leisurely hour in the Rizzoli Bookshop, with its eye-catching hard covers. If time allows sip on a spritzer on the terrace overlooking the Thames or try the zerowaste pre-theatre menu at Skye Gyngell’s restaurant, Spring. The famed Courtauld Gallery, which charges admission, is undergoing a two-year renovation. 3
24/1/19 10:54 am
COVENT GARDEN
3 TATTY DEVINE 44 Monmouth St, WC2H 9EP 020 7836 2685 www.tattydevine.com Open Mon–Sat 10.30am–7pm, Sun 11.30am–5pm Tube Covent Garden [MAP p. 165 D2]
Independent British stores are hard to come by in one of the worlds’ most expensive retail precincts, so Tatty Devine, owned by two Londoners, is a bit of a find. The white painted shop facade nicely frames a showcase of happy-happy joyjoy jewellery, so frivolous and upbeat in colour and design it makes you skip a little. Choose from gorgeous glittery mirrored rainbow necklaces, a quartet of coloured star earrings, big red lipped brooches and mintgreen Gin backpacks from the classics range. Seasonal lines have natty themes such as London Pride and feminism. For a real treat-to-self have a bespoke necklace made with your name, or your girlfriend’s, sprawled across it.
4
1412 LONDON PP_2.indd 4-5
COVENT GARDEN
4 SUPER SUPERFICIAL 22 Earlham St, WC2H 9LN 020 7240 6116 www.supersuperficial.com Open Mon–Sat 11am–7pm, Sun 12pm–7pm Tube Covent Garden [MAP p. 164 C2]
I love a good ‘T’ and, when rubbed between thumb and index finger, the thick soft quality cotton of Super Superficial T-shirts is reason enough to step into this corner local with a heritage shopfront. As well as ticking the box for comfort, these unisex T-shirts are created by artists and unique to this label. The smart designs could see them sitting comfortably in a co-working space as much as at your local. Choose from two dozen designs, from humorous stylised sketches such as Doggy – a poodle with an eccentric hair-do by Kamwei Fong, to more graphic designs like Jenga – a tower of falling blocks by Toma Vagner. The T-shirts come in black, white and contemporary shades straight from the pantone chart. Sweatshirts and hoodies are also available in the same designs and there is a small selection of sunglasses in the window. The T-shirts are discounted if you buy more than one.
5
24/1/19 10:54 am
COVENT GARDEN
COVENT GARDEN
5 ROCOCO CHOCOLATES
6 HOMESLICE 13 Neal’s Yard, WC2H 9DP 020 3151 7488 www.homeslicepizza.co.uk/ Open Mon-Sun 12pm–11pm Tube Covent Garden [MAP p. 165 D1]
38 Earlham St, WC2H 9LH 020 3887 6845 Open Mon–Sat 11am–7.30pm, Sun 12pm–6pm www.rococochocolates.com Tube Covent Garden [MAP p. 165 D2]
Roald Dahl’s Charlie and the Chocolate Factory was the inspiration behind much of the produce in this colourful blue-shuttered shop in Seven Dials, dedicated to all things chocolate. Its founder, Chantal Coady, has been selling artisan single-origin chocolate since 1983. Such is her dedication, she became the first to receive an OBE (Officer of the Most Excellent Order of the British Empire) for ‘Services to Chocolate Making’. Proof of her passion is in the produce with a line of chocolate bars dedicated to Dahl’s famed novels such as a scrumptious peach-flavoured white chocolate bar, a la James and the Giant Peach. Coady’s second love, design, is to thank for the exceptional packaging, which turns each little sweettooth offering – be it a bag of jelly beans or drinking chocolate into an exquisite gift. There’s a white-glove selection of single chocolates and truffles, or try artisan chocolate bar flavours such as orange blossom, and Persian lime. 6
1412 LONDON PP_2.indd 6-7
POCKET TIP Around the corner at 7 Mercer Street, Stanfords is an iconic travel bookshop and map emporium.
Tracking down Homeslice for a 20-inch, wood-fired pizza has the added bonus of getting you to Neal’s Yard, a leafy sunlit courtyard enclosed by lofty thin terrace houses with bottom-level shops and cafes. It’s a little London surprise that reminds me of something you’d find in Amsterdam. But back to Homeslice. These guys started with a mobile pizza oven serving authentic Italian pizza to festival goers. It was so adored by the munchie crowd that the business moved into Neal’s Yard and have since spawned four other eateries. Nab one of the few first-comefirst served outdoor seats or settle on wooden bench seats indoors and check the blackboard menu for out-there specialties that include a kimchi, porcini cream and basil pizza or a four-cheese, jalapeno salsa and rye crumb pizza. Buy the full 20-inch or go for just a slice and pair it with a craft beer or Aperol Spritz. There’s take-away too.
7
24/1/19 10:54 am
SOHO With a buzz that’s palpable, Soho is London’s party place, its streets crowded with cool-as-funk eateries and loud bars where patrons spill onto the footpath with merry abandon. All those famous London shopping streets: Oxford, Regent, Carnaby, and squares: Leicester, Trafalgar and Piccadilly Circus, are here. A visit to London wouldn’t be complete without seeing a show – or several so head to The West End theatre district, at its heart is Shaftsbury Avenue (see p. XXX), with its famed theatres and dazzling billboards. You’ll find longstanding classics, iconic musicals and plays, as well as new ones often starring famed film and TV actors. Soho’s pre- and post-theatre dining scene buzzes, and the area is also famously LGBTQI friendly – even the letterboxes are painted in rainbow colours. Chinatown is another string to Soho’s bow. You could dine at on-trend eateries Bao (see p. XXX) or Hoppers (see p. XXX) before seeing a show, then end the evening with a cocktail or two at Opium (see p. XXX), one of Chinatown’s best-kept secrets (until now). So, detour off Oxford and Regent streets, grab a theatre ticket (see p. XXX), and head into Soho’s backstreets.
S SIGHT ury Avenue b s ft a ait h 1. S tional Portr a 2. N llery Ga PING SHOP y Street b a n r ds a 3. C onica Recor h 4. P ign Vintage e 5. R
EA 6. B TING a 7. H o opper s DR 8. Th INKING 9. O e London G pium in Clu b
Tube: Leicester Square, Oxford Circus, Piccadilly Circus, Charing Cross, Tottenham Court Road
caption to come
1412 LONDON PP_2.indd 12-13
13
24/1/19 10:54 am
Also Available in the Pocket Precincts Series:
Price ISBN
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
Price AU$19.99 | NZ$24.99
Price AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
Price AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
9781741176278
ISBN 9781741175172
ISBN 9781741175547
ISBN
9781741175530
Free counter pack also available! Holds 8 copies! GTIN: 9349685007692 Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781741176247
ISBN
9781741176285
Order through your rep
Why My Cat Is More Impressive Than Your Baby Matthew Inman and The Oatmeal Matthew Inman, Eisner Award-winning creator of The Oatmeal and #1 New York Times bestselling author of How to Tell If Your Cat Is Plotting to Kill You, presents a must-have collection of comics for cat lovers! Why My Cat Is More Impressive Than Your Baby is chockfull of comics about cats, babies, dogs, lasers, selfies, and pigeons! This book contains a vast wealth of never-before-seen comics, including informative guides, such as: · How to comfortably sleep next to your cat · 10 ways to befriend a misanthropic cat · How to hold a baby when you are not used to holding babies · A dog’s guide to walking a human being · How to cuddle like you mean it.
Publication
01 May 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$27.99 | NZ$29.99
ISBN
9781524850623
Publisher
AMP
Imprint
Andrews McMeel Books
Series
NA
Category
Humour
Format
229 x 178 mm
Extent
160pp
•
Illustrations
Full colour illustrations
•
Age Range
NA
•
Terms
SOR
Available 1 May 2019
Includes a pull-out poster of: How to tell if your cat thinks you’re not that big of a deal.
Author Details Matthew Inman is the Eisner Award-winning creator of The Oatmeal and the #1 New York Times bestselling author of How to Tell If Your Cat Is Plotting to Kill You. Matthew also co-created the popular Exploding Kittens card game. Since being founded in 2009, his work on TheOatmeal.com has been read by over 300 million people.
Also Available:
Key Information
• •
The Oatmeal receives more than 7 million visitors a month. Social media: 641k Twitter followers, 885k Instagram followers, 4 million Facebook followers New York Times and USA TODAY bestselling author with a proven track record and 279,000 copies sold of his debut collection worldwide, 5 Very Good Reasons to Punch a Dolphin in the Mouth, over 1 million copies sold worldwide of his second book, How to Tell If Your Cat Is Plotting to Kill You (a #1 New York Times bestseller), and 110,000 copies sold worldwide of My Dog: The Paradox. Millions of devoted fans, including celebrity endorsements from the likes of Alyssa Milano, Carson Daly, and more. Featured in a huge range of media worldwide, including: NPR Weekend, All Things Considered, CNN, The Economist, Forbes, CNet.com, The Guardian, Mashable, Men’s Health, MTV, Washington Post, USA TODAY, and many more.
Price
AU$24.99 | NZ$29.99
ISBN
9781449410247
Hi there. My name is Matthew, and I am a cartoonist.
I live with two cats.
Two dogs.
6 WMCIBTYB_Int2.indd 6
1/18/19 1:48 PM
And exactly zero babies.
You might think I’m biased. That’s understandable. I get that.
But before you write me off, allow me to demonstrate my comprehension of these creatures by defining them as succinctly as I can. 7 WMCIBTYB_Int2.indd 7
1/18/19 1:48 PM
My dog
is an affable ball of fur and joy who is so excited to see me he sometimes starts dry heaving. OH MY GOD YOU’RE HOME THIS CHANGES EVERYTHIHOWROW HURG HURNGGG
HORGGGGGLE!
See also: best friend, lovable idiot, paradox.
My cat
is a confusing ball of violence and tenderness who would probably try to eat me if I were to lie still long enough. Is he dead? He has no pulse in his scalp. Then we shall feast!
8 WMCIBTYB_Int2.indd 8
See also: part-time sociopath, stay-at-home tiger. 1/18/19 1:48 PM
A baby
is an obese, naked leprechaun whose primary job is to siphon milk from boobs and then spray it out of its ass at 4:30 in the morning.
See also: diapered ham-goblin, defiler of dreams, relentless ScreamBall.
A parent
is a selfless individual willing to nurture one of these obese leprechauns until they fall in love with it, at which point they must spend the rest of their lives worrying that it’s going to run into traffic or choke on a peanut or die in a plane crash or become goth.
See also: chauffeur of tiny drunk people, conquerer of diapered Demogorgons. 9 WMCIBTYB_Int2.indd 9
1/18/19 1:48 PM
Insightful, yes?
I thought so. Now that I have earned your undying trust as an absolute authority in regards to dogs, cats, and babies, we can continue. This book is titled Why My Cat Is More Impressive Than Your Baby, but that’s a bit of a misnomer.
VS 10 WMCIBTYB_Int2.indd 10
1/18/19 1:48 PM
He is no more my cat than an electrical storm is my lightning. Lightning strikes where it pleases. It torches livestock at will. It burns down houses in a flash. Nobody owns it. We are all prisoners of its violent, unpredictable brilliance.
Furthermore, this book is not just about cats and babies. It’s also about dogs, love, death, and farts.
I hope you enjoy it. –Matthew. 11 WMCIBTYB_Int2.indd 11
1/18/19 1:48 PM
STEM Quest (Maths): Fabulous Figures and Cool Calculations Packed with amazing maths facts and over 30 fun experiments Colin Stuart
Mathematics is the language of the universe, everything around us! Can you crack it and become an incredible maths genius? Play awesome number bingo, make chocolate crispy cakes with the ingredient ratios, build a 3D pyramid, create your own unique tessellation masterpiece, and much more! With over 30 fantastic activities, extraordinary facts and stats and cool illustrations, this amazing STEM book will inspire you to become a top-notch number cruncher.
Publication
01 June 2019
The STEM editorial consultant is Georgette Yakman, founding researcher and creator of the integrative STEAM framework.
Binding
Paperback
Author Details
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781783123490
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Imprint
Carlton Books
Series
NA
Category
Child Non Fiction
Format
270 x 216 mm
•
Extent
80pp
•
Illustrations
Four-colour illustrations and photographs
•
Age Range
7 and up
•
Terms
SOR
Available 1 June 2019
Colin Stuart has written more than half a dozen science books and over 150 popular science titles for publications including The New Scientist, BBC Focus and the European Space Agency. Colin is also a science speaker who talks to tens of thousands of people about astronomy every year, ranging from schools to conferences and businesses. He is a Fellow of the Royal Astronomical Society and in 2014 he was awarded runner-up in the European Astronomy Journalism Prize.
Key Information •
An inspiring new activity book designed to engage and entertain young minds, with incredible challenges, quizzes and do-at-home experiments. Features quality, contemporary "this ain't no school book" illustrations and graphics. Includes easy-to-follow, step-by-step instructions for the activities and experiments with bite-size text explaining scientific facts and stats. Part of an exciting new series; other titles are on the subjects of Science, Technology and Engineering. The STEM editorial consultant is Georgette Yakman, founding researcher and creator of the integrative STEAM framework and CEO of STEAM Education.
Adding and Subtracting
what’s the
BIG idea?
WHAT’S GOING ON?
N COLUM
N O I T I D D A
PLACE VALUE The value of a digit depends on its place in a number. Each place has a value 10 times the place to the right. If we want to count higher than nine, we start a new “tens” column to the left. If we want to count higher than 99, we start a new “hundreds” column to the left, and so on.
You can add numbers with two or more digits together by using column addition. Write the numbers in a column, one below the other. Then add up the numbers in the ones column. If this number is 10 or more, you write the last digit down and add the first digit to the bottom of the tens column. Then add up all the numbers in that column to get a total.
We use addition and subtraction all the time in our everyday lives to calculate amounts. Let’s take a closer look at these simple yet incredibly important calculations. 3
what’s the
BIG idea?
thousands
ADDING AND TAKING AWAY Addition is finding a total when you add two or more quantities of things. If you have 3 bananas and 2 apples, then you have 5 (that’s 3 + 2) pieces of fruit in total. Subtraction is finding out what you have left if you remove some things. If you eat 1 of 4 apples, then you only have 3 (that’s 4 – 1) pieces of fruit left.
plus symbol
IN FACT. . .
SYMBOLS
Humans have been adding and subtracting for thousands of years. But the way we write plus and minus symbols has changed over time. The ancient Egyptians, who lived over 2,000 years ago, had their own symbols (below). The symbols + and – first appeared in a book published in Europe in 1518.
+
-
5
hundreds
tens
ANY WHICH WAY It doesn’t matter what order you add things together: 2 + 3 and 3 + 2 both equal 5.
56 + 27 83 1
N O I T C A R AND SUBT
2
To subtract numbers using columns in a similar way, put the number you want to take away from at the top. Start with the right (ones) column and take the bottom number away from the top one. If the top number is of lower value than the bottom number, you will to need to borrow a 10 from the left (tens) column, as shown here.
ones
WHO WAS RECORDE? minus symbol
WHAT’S GOING ON?
7
tens ones
Robert Recorde (1512–1558) was a Welsh mathematician who invented the equals sign =.
tens ones
4
1
56 - 27 29
TRY THIS AT HOME
R O T A L U C CAL
S M SU
604 7
8
9
4
5
6
X
1
2
3
-
0
.
+
Have you ever noticed that some numbers on a calculator can spell out a word if you turn the calculator upside down? Complete these sums on a handheld calculator, then flip it upside down to reveal the name of an animal.
107 + 282 + 215 = ? 88 + 161 + 89 = ? 27432 + 7574 = ? 199 + 198 + 197 + 139 = ?
ancient Egyptian symbols for plus and minus
8
ANSWERS ARE AT THE BACK OF THE BOOK
9
Multiplying and Dividing Now that you know how to add and subtract, let’s take a look at multiplication and division. Multiplication is repeated addition. Division is splitting into equal parts, or sharing equally.
what’s the
Multiplication is really just a quick way to add things up. If you have 5 boxes and they each have 4 chocolate bars in them, then you can calculate the total number of bars by writing 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 = 20. But it is quicker to write 5 x 4 = 20.
"X"
5 X 4 = 20 what’s the
BIG idea?
DIVISION Division is all about calculating how many parts make up a whole. If you take 10 chocolate bars and you want to share them equally between 5 people, then you divide 10 by 5 to figure out how many bars each person gets: 10 ÷ 5 = 2.
To multiply numbers with more than one digit, write the numbers in columns. Say you wanted to multiply 5 x 178. First, multiply the two right-hand numbers together: 5 x 8 = 40. Put the 0 under the ones column and carry the 4 over to the bottom of the tens column.
178 X 5 89 0 3 4
To divide 578 ÷ 3, write the sum down like this: 3 578 3 goes into 5 once remainder 2, so put a 1 above the 5 and carry the 2 to the tens column. 3 goes into 27 nine times, so put 9 above the 7. 3 goes into 8 twice remainder 2, so put a 2 above the 8 and write remainder 2. So, 578 ÷ 3 = 192 remainder 2.
1 9 2 remainder 2 2 3 578
PUZZLE ZONE
C I M O R PALIND
N O I T MULTIPLICA A palindrome is a word that reads the same forwards as it does backwards – Hannah, Mum, level and racecar are all good examples. Even sentences can be palindromes. Try “Was it a car or a cat I saw?”
The multiplication symbol, x, is often, but not always, used. Sometimes you see . used instead. So 2 . 3 = 6. And, as we’ll see later in the book, when doing equations or algebra (see p. 70), the x is dropped entirely to avoid confusing it with the letter x. Rather than 2 x x, you just write 2x.
10
N O I S A C T I I L I O V I P A D N I N D T L U M
Then, 5 x 1 = 5. Add the 3 carried over to make 8. So, 5 x 178 = 890.
MULTIPLICATION
N O I T A C I L P I T L U M
COLUMN
Next, 5 x 7 = 35. Add the 4 carried over to get 39. Write the 9 in the tens column and carry the 3 over to the bottom of the hundreds column.
BIG idea?
WHAT’S GOING ON?
WHAT’S GOING ON?
143 X 7 = ? 22 X 12 = ? 99 X 21 = ? 407 X 3 = ? 33 X 11 = ? 19 X 5 = ?
Numbers can be palindromic problems, too. The answers to some of these multiplication calculations are palindromes. Can you figure out which ones they are?
10 ÷ 5 = 2
ANSWERS ARE AT THE BACK OF THE BOOK
11
Positive and Negative Numbers
TRY THIS AT HOME
REASURE T E T A R I P
N G E L E L A H C
All numbers above zero are positive numbers. For every positive number, there is a negative number on the exact opposite side of zero on a number line.
what’s the
BIG idea?
THE NUMBER LINE A number line is a helpful way for us to see numbers in order, starting with negative numbers on the left side, moving up through zero and into positive numbers on the right side.
— 200 — 190 — 180 — 170 — 160 — 150
You are a pirate captain looking for a place to bury your treasure. You spot a deserted island. Will it be a safe place to hide your booty?
— 140
You will need:
— 110
✔ A die
✔ A pen
✔ A button to use as a counter
✔ Paper
— 130 — 120 — 100 — 90 — 80 — 70
-10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
— 60 — 50 NEGATIVE NUMBERS
ZERO
— 40
POSITIVE NUMBERS
— 30
IN FACT. . .
WHAT’S GOING ON?
ZERO The idea of zero hasn’t always been around. Numbers started off as a way to count things when ancient peoples traded goods, such as swapping one animal for three bags of grain. People didn’t really need a symbol for zero. Does swapping zero barrels for zero bales of hay make any sense? Not really.
A placeholder
— 10
Over 4,000 years ago, people started using a zero. At first it was a placeholder to tell the difference between numbers. For instance, a zero helps us tell the difference between 74, 704 and 740. We use a zero as a placeholder when there is no other number needed there.
— -10
— 0 — -20 — -30 — -40 — -50
IN FACT. . .
In the real world
3 8
12
— 20
thousands hundreds
4
0
tens
ones
Engineers and other experts consider the height of hills and the depths of lakes and other natural landmarks before installing phone towers, or building dams, reservoirs or wind turbines.
— -60 — -70 — -80 — -90 — -100
NEED TO KNOW: • Sea level is the term used to describe how high something is compared to the level of the sea. • When you set foot on the shore, you are at 0 m sea level. • If you walk into the ocean, your feet will be below sea level, and when you reach 1 m down, you will be –1 m below sea level. • If you walk onto the land, your feet will be above sea level, and when you reach 1 m up, you will be +1 m above sea level.
INSTRUCTIONS: POSITIVES – Above Sea Level LAND: To keep your treasure safe, you should bury it at least 100 m down. But if you dig down below sea level, you might risk water seeping into your treasure. Send five scouts out to measure the heights of five nearby hills. For each scout, roll the die three times for each hill. Every spot on the die equals +10 m. (To help you calculate this, each time you roll the die, move your counter along the appropriate number of metres on the number line. Write down your results for the five hills). When you add up the three numbers for each hill, are any of the hills more than +100 m tall? No? Then if you try burying your treasure in the hills, your treasure may get waterlogged. Yes? Then choose which hill you’d like to bury your treasure in. NEGATIVES – Below Sea Level WATER: You send out five scouts to see how deep five coves around the island are. Roll the die twice for each cove to figure out how deep each one is. Each spot on the die is 5 m, and the ship needs 30 m of space below the water of a cove so it won’t get stuck. How many coves are deep enough for the loaded ship to dock? (Use the number line to help you). Did you manage to bury your treasure and dock your ship? Try the challenge again and see if you get a different result. 13
STEM Quest (Engineering): Fantastic Forces and Incredible Machines Packed with amazing engineering facts and fun experiments Nick Arnold
Engineering is about the magic of forces and the wonder of machines. Can you investigate how things work and become an extraordinary engineer? Discover how to make paperclips float in air, design a skyscraper, construct a super submarine, experiment with gears and springs, and much more! With over 30 astonishing do-at-home experiments, incredible facts and stats and cool illustrations, this amazing STEM book helps you distinguish your racks from your ratchets and your cams from your cranks. The STEM editorial consultant is Georgette Yakman, founding researcher and creator of the integrative STEAM framework. Publication
01 June 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781783123469
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Imprint
Carlton Books
Series
NA
Category
Child Non Fiction
Format
270 x 216 mm
•
Extent
80pp
•
Illustrations
Four-colour illustrations and photographs
Age Range
7 and up
Terms
SOR
Available 1 June 2019
Author Details Nick Arnold is the author of many science books for children, including a bestselling series of yucky but entertaining science facts. When he is not writing, Nick spends his time giving talks to children in bookshops, schools and libraries.
Key Information • • •
An inspiring new activity book designed to engage and entertain young minds, with incredible challenges and do-at-home experiments. Features quality, contemporary "this ain't no school book" illustrations and graphics. Includes easy-to-follow, step-by-step instructions for the activities and experiments with bite-size text explaining scientific facts and stats. Part of an exciting new series; other titles are on the subjects of Science, Technology and Maths. The STEM editorial consultant is Georgette Yakman, founding researcher and creator of the integrative STEAM framework and CEO of STEAM Education.
Mass matters
NOT FINAL
They take the same time! This is because gravity makes all falling objects accelerate (or speed up) at the same rate. Gravity does pull more on heavier things, but this is cancelled out because something heavy resists movement more than something light. And if you try dropping something light, like paper, what happens? It takes longer to fall because it’s slowed down by the air.
Can you feel the force, engineers? Forces and the energy that powers them affect every engineering project in this book - and there are forces acting on your body right now. Take gravity for example...
what’s the
TRY THIS AT HOME
BIG idea?
ts re g ra v i t y p u l l s o b j e c c e n t ’s t o w a rd s t h e e a r t h
FORCE OF GRAVITY
Along with forces, engineers need to harness energy. Energy makes things happen. Let’s take a look...
What we call “weight” is actually the force of gravity pulling on the mass of an object. So if gravity pulls more on heavier objects, they fall faster – right? Let’s find out...
You will need:
1
Drop the balls to see if you made the correct prediction.
3
What about if you dropped one of the balls at the same time as the sheet of paper. Will the paper or ball hit the ground first?
✔ A small ball such as a tennis ball or golf ball ✔ A staircase 8
You’re going to drop the big ball and the small ball from the same height at the same time. Before you do, make a prediction as to which one will hit the ground first.
2
✔ A large ball such a soccer ball or basketball
✔ A piece of paper
1
Stretch the rubber band three times its length and release it.
rubber band 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
4
5
6
7
Now stretch the band six times its length and release it.
You will need:
TRY THIS AT HOME
t e d st e e p s
a b n r d e b b u r y races energ
Gravity is a force that pulls objects with mass towards each other. Mass is all the matter that makes up something. Objects with a lot of mass – like the Earth – have a stronger gravitational pull than objects with less mass. It’s gravity that makes objects fall down towards Earth and that makes Earth orbit the sun.
gravity
HOW DOES IT WORK?
4
Drop a ball and the paper to find out.
✔ A rubber band ✔ A ruler
1
2
3
HOW DOES IT WORK? When you stretch a rubber band, it gains potential energy an energy stored in the band. When you release it, potential energy changes into kinetic (or movement) energy. The further you stretch the band the more energy you store, and the further the rubber band will fly. You can find out more about potential energy on p.32.
WHO WAS GALILEO?
Italian scientist Galileo Galilei (1564–1642) found that objects of different weight fall at the same speed. He also discovered the science behind pendulums – he realised that as a pendulum swings, potential energy turns to kinetic energy as gravity forces the pendulum down. This happens over and over again as the pendulum swings. Galileo was also the first scientist to study the planets through a telescope.
9
NOT FINAL
On the move
WHO WAS NEWTON?
HOW DOES IT WORK?
The English physicist Sir Isaac Newton (1642–1727) discovered the Laws of Motion. Newton’s First Law of Motion explains that objects only move when a force is applied. They then move in a straight line. The greater the mass of an object, the more inertia it has and the harder it is to move.
Before you start the toy car isn’t going anywhere – an object stays still until a force is applied to it. This principle is called inertia. When you pushed the car forward, you apply a force to it. The force made the car accelerate. Eventually the car stopped due to friction – the rubbing force between its wheels and the floor. Did you notice a big difference when you covered the track with aluminium or cling film or water? On which surface did the car travel the furthest? Why do you think this is?
There are other forces other than gravity and energy that push and pull on objects and influence how things move. Let’s check them out, engineers. Time to get moving! TRY THIS AT HOME 1
stopping and
starting First, let’s try out an experiment to find out how things move – or perhaps why they don’t move!
You will need: ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
3
A toy car Corrugated cardboard A ruler A tape measure
5
A rubber band Two 15-cm (6-in) pieces of dowel
✔ Cling film ✔ Water in a spray bottle
Push the two dowels into these holes. Put the rubber band around the dowels. If the dowels are wobbly, add more layers of cardboard.
4
Put a ruler flat holes between the dowels and ruler place the car in front of the rubber band.
7
rubber band
On a flat level floor lay out an area for a track that’s at least 10-12 cm (4-5 ft) long. Set out a tape measure along the edge of the track area. Leave one of the pieces of card as it is, cover the second with aluminum foil and the third with cling film.
9 Record the distance each time. Can you work out the average of three distances on each type of surface? Which surfaces have the highest and lowest averages? Which surfaces require more force to travel on them? 10
Measure half way down the length of the glued together cardboard and mark a spot with a pencil. Then mark 2 spots 1.5 cm (3/4 in) in from the side of the cardboard. They should be 6.5 cm (2 1/2 in) on either side of the centre line. In the two spots cut a hole slightly smaller than the dowels.
dowel
10
TRY THIS AT HOME
i n g n i t t e g a spin
Glue
✔ Aluminum foil ✔ A pencil
✔
2
glue
Cut out 4-5 pieces of cardboard at least 12 x 25 cm (5 x 10 in) and glue them together. Let them dry.
6
Cut out 3 pieces of cardboard about 25 x 90 cm (10 x 36 in).
From cars to computers, many machines depend on spinning or turning. But what are the forces involved?
You will need:
sticky tack
1
Push the pen through the central hole of the CD. You may need to add some sticky tack to make it fit snuggly.
3
1-cm (2 / 5 in)
Roll the modelling clay into four 1-cm (2 /5 in) balls.
sticky tack
string
Attach each ball to 7 cm (2 1 / 2 in) of string.
4
✔ Sticky tape ✔ Scissors
✔
colouring pen
2
✔ An old CD
✔
CD
String Sticky tack A biro or colouring pen
Sticky tape the other end of the string pieces to the CD. Try to space them roughly equally apart.
7 cm (2 1 / 2 in) 5
Place the end of the dowel on a surface and twirl it between your hands.
✔
cardboard 8
Now try spraying water on the tracks and try the experiment again. Write down your results.
Now test the tracks. Pull back the car in the rubber band and let it go. Try each track 3 times, each with different pull-back measurements.
centripetal force
HOW DOES IT WORK? The balls fly out to the side. Your hands create a turning force called torque on the pen. The inertia of the balls resist this force and the balls try to move in a straight line. But when objects move in a circle, another force, known as centripetal force, constantly pulls the objects towards the centre, stopping them flying off in a straight line. This force is produced by the tension in the strings. 11
Bzzzz! electricity!
NOT FINAL
There’s more to engineering than brute force. To power our machines engineers often use a shocking force we know as electricity. Electricity occurs in the natural world but can be generated to power all sorts of things.
what’s the
BIG
?
WHAT’S GOING ON?
What is Electricity?
electrons
FLOW OF ELECTRICITY
nucleus— protons and neutrons
and so on... one electron moves to the next atom
protons
The can rolls towards the balloon. When you rub the balloon on your hair, electrons move from the hair and build up on the balloon’s surface, which becomes negatively charged. The negatively charged electrons attract the positive-charged protons in the can, and the can rolls towards the balloon.
electrons
TRY THIS AT HOME
idea
Everything in the world is made up of tiny building blocks called atoms. In the centre of each atom is a nucleus with tiny charged particles called protons and neutrons. Whizzing around the nucleus are other particles called electrons. Electrons are normally stuck in orbit around the nucleus of atoms. However, in some materials they come loose and move from one atom to another. This flow of “free” electrons is what creates electric current.
HOW DOES IT WORK?
STATIC ELECTRICITY Protons in an atom carry a positive electric charge, whereas electrons carry a negative charge. Neutrons have no charge. Inside ordinary atoms there are the same number of protons and electrons so the charges cancel each other out. However, sometimes when objects touch, electrons can hop between them, causing them to build up a positive or negative charge. This is known as a static charge.
super-hero paperclips
Here’s a chance to turn paper clips into super-heroes or alien spaceships by making them float in mid-air.
You will need: ✔ A piece of wood
1
Pile up the books to make two columns on a table. Lay the wood or card across them. Stick the magnet to the bottom of the wood.
magnet table 2
1 cm (2 / 5 in)
✔ Sticky tack
✔ Books or small boxes
✔ Tape
✔ A metal paperclip
✔ Scissors
✔ Thread
✔ A magnet
3
wood
Measure the distance between the wood and the table top. Cut a length of thread 1 cm (2 /5 in) shorter than this distance.
paperclip Stick the paperclip to the thread and then stick the other end of the thread to the table. Lift the thread up towards the magnet.
thread
sticky tape
TRY THIS AT HOME
y l t s o h g e h t an c
HOW DOES IT WORK? 1
Inflate the balloon and knot the neck.
2
Rub the balloon on your hair at least ten times.
3
Hold the balloon close to the can and place them on the table.
The force of electricity has some tricks up its sleeve too. Let’s investigate...
You will need: ✔ An empty drink can (it must be metal) ✔ A balloon ✔ Your hair (it should be clean and dry) 12
electric force
magnetic force The paperclip floats in mid-air because it’s attracted to the magnet. The magnetic force is actually created by electrons in the atoms. All charged particles (protons and electrons) are affected by electric and magnetic forces. These two forces combine to produce electromagnetic waves (above) – and light is one example of an electromagnetic wave.”
IN FACT...
filament
Let there be light Electricity can also travel as a flow of electric charge, known as an electrical current. It can flow from a battery or a mains supply to your home. Electricity can be transformed into other types of energy. For instance, an electric light bulb converts electrical energy to heat and light by heating a wire called a filament so that it glows white hot. 13
STEM Quest (Science): Astonishing Atoms and Matter Mayhem Packed with amazing science facts and fun experiments Colin Stuart
Science is what happens when curious people ask questions. Can you be a scientist and crack some of the world's biggest mysteries? Discover how to build a model atom with marshmallows, pick up an ice cube without touching it, build a volcano, extract DNA from a banana, and much more! With over 30 astonishing do-at-home experiments, extraordinary facts and stats and cool illustrations, this amazing STEM book will inspire you to investigate just how incredible the world is. The STEM editorial consultant is Georgette Yakman, founding researcher and creator of the integrative STEAM framework. Publication
01 June 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781783123452
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Colin Stuart has written more than half a dozen science books and over 150 popular science titles for publications including The New Scientist, BBC Focus and the European Space Agency. Colin is also a science speaker who talks to tens of thousands of people about astronomy every year, ranging from schools to conferences and businesses. He is a Fellow of the Royal Astronomical Society and in 2014 he was awarded runner-up in the European Astronomy Journalism Prize.
Imprint
Carlton Books
Key Information
Series
NA
Category
Child Non Fiction
•
Format
270 x 216 mm
•
Extent
80pp
Illustrations
Four-colour illustrations and photographs
Age Range
7 and up
Terms
SOR
Available 1 June 2019
Author Details
•
• •
An inspiring new activity book designed to engage and entertain young minds, with incredible challenges, quizzes and do-at-home experiments. Features quality, contemporary "this ain't no school book" illustrations and graphics. Includes easy-to-follow, step-by-step instructions for the activities and experiments with bite-size text explaining scientific facts and stats. Part of an exciting new series; other titles are on the subjects of Maths, Technology and Engineering. The STEM editorial consultant is Georgette Yakman, founding researcher and creator of the integrative STEAM framework and CEO of STEAM Education.
Plants
TRY THIS AT HOME
petal flower
leaf
nectar
Plants are some of the most important living things on Earth. Not only do they give us food to eat, but they also make lots of oxygen for us to breathe.
T H G I L
A F O S T PAR
E R W O FL
stem
Photosynthesis is the way in which a plant makes its own food. A green substance in the leaves called chlorophyll traps energy from sunlight. The cells in the leaves use this energy to turn carbon dioxide (from the air) and water into oxygen and a type of sugar called glucose, which the plant uses as food.
Carefully cover two separate leaves with a piece of cling film. Attach with paperclips.
3
Repeat this step for each of the coverings – foil, paper, mesh or netting. Do not pinch the leaves or stems.
4
✔ A healthy houseplant or outside plant with big leaves (and permission to damage a handful of leaves)
Over the next few days, check the covered leaves and make notes of any changes you see.
5
After 10 days, check and compare your results for each type of covering.
✔ A sunny spot
6
Compare each couple of leaves with the same covering. If there are similar changes you’ll know it’s because of the covering.
✔ Aluminium foil
HOW DOES IT WORK?
✔ Paper ✔ Mesh or netting ✔ Paperclips
Did you find that some of the leaves began to fade and lose their green colour? Think about why this happened and which of the coverings blocked the sun’s light the most. Which covering affected the leaves the fastest? Did any of the coverings become warm in sunlight and harm a leaf by heating it?
root
IN FACT. . .
390,000 different plants
BIG idea?
PHOTOSYNTHESIS
2
You will need:
✔ Clear cling film
The roots absorb water and nutrients from the soil. The stem transports water to the leaves. Leaves convert sunlight into energy so the plant can grow. Some flowering plants have brightly coloured petals and sugary nectar that attract insects. Flowers also contain powdery grains called pollen. Insects carry the pollen from one flower to another. If pollen lands on a flower of the same type, it can form a seed and grow into a new plant.
8
TEST!
Put the plant in a sunny spot where you can leave it for 7–10 days.
Plants need several things to survive, including light, water and nutrients. Let’s explore how important light is to a plant.
WHAT’S GOING ON?
what’s the
F A E L
1
sunlight +
carbon dioxide + water
glucose + oxygen photosynthesis
WHO WAS LINNEAUS? Carl Linneaus (1707–1778) was a Swedish botanist – a scientist who studies plants. He came up with the way we order and name different plants and animals.
Scientists know about almost half a million different species (types) of plants and are finding new ones all the time. Plants grow on every continent on Earth (even Antarctica!). They range from trees, grass and ferns to moss and vegetables and they all make their food in the same way.
9
Amazing Animals
IN FACT. . .
chordata classes Mammals, birds, fish, reptiles and amphibians belong to the Chordata phylum – these are animals with backbones. The major difference between them is how they reproduce. Most mammals give birth to live young rather than lay eggs, for instance, and they feed their babies milk.
Scientists have discovered over one and a half million species of animals on our planet so far, and they are discovering around 10,000 more every single year!
WHAT’S GOING ON?
N A S I T A H W
p r o t is
archaebacteria
eubacteria
ANIMALS
plants
fungi
PHYLUM platy
h
WHAT’S GOING ON?
S E K A M T WHA G
N I H T E M SO
? E V I L A
KINGDOMS OF LIFE
ta
? L A M I N A
All organisms (living things) belong to one of six groups called kingdoms. The kingdoms are 1) plants 2) fungi 3) animals and also 4) archaebacteria 5) eubacteria and 6) protista, which are types of microscopic living things. A group within a kingdom is called a phylum. Humans belong to the phylum called chordata. They are in the class called mammals.
th elmin
arthropod
A rabbit is clearly alive, but a rock isn’t. What separates living things from non-living objects? There are seven key characteristics that living things possess.
1) RESPIRATION (the ability to process food to release energy)
2) GROWTH (the ability to grow)
3) EXCRETION (the ability to get rid of waste products)
4) MOVEMENT (the ability to move)
5) SENSITIVITY (the ability to gather information about its surroundings)
6) REPRODUCTION (the ability to produce young)
7) NUTRITION (the ability to absorb and digest nutrients from its surroundings)
annelid nematode poriferan
fi s h
mollusc
cnidarian i bi am ph
an
CLASS re p t
mammal
ile
bird
10
echinoderm
CHORDATA
what’s the
BIG idea?
EXTINCTION? Ninety-nine per cent of the species that have lived on Earth are no longer alive. If the last animal of a species dies, we say that the species has become extinct. Scientists think that the rate of extinction could be well over 10,000 species a year. Extinction is a natural process, but human action, such as hunting or destruction of the species’ environments, has caused many species to die out. The flightless dodo bird was famously made extinct through hunting by the year 1662.
The dodo bird
11
Food Webs
IN FACT. . .
Producers and consumers Plants are called producers because they produce their own energy from sunlight. Animals are called consumers because they eat plants and other animals.
We eat a balance of foods because our bodies need energy to work properly. But where does that energy come from? It’s been on quite a remarkable journey!
consumer
WHAT’S GOING ON?
G N I T EA
E N I H S N U S
It all starts with the sun. Plants use the sun’s energy, as well as water and nutrients from the Earth, to make their own food. When plants are eaten, either by us or by other animals, the energy is passed on. Eating food that comes from animals is another way for us to get this energy. We are all eating sunshine!
BIG idea?
YOUR OWN
FOOD CHAIN
Write down a list of foods in your favourite breakfast, lunch or dinner. Now think about what you’ve eaten today. If it was fruit or vegetables, where did it come from? If it was meat, which animal did it come from and what did that animal eat? You’ll find it always traces back to the sun.
IN FACT. . . .
Prey and predator producer
what’s the
TRY THIS AT HOME
CHAINS AND WEBS You can draw a chain of energy starting with the sun and ending up with a human. These links make up a food chain. A series of chains combined together to show how energy is transferred in an animal community is called a food web.
WHO WAS AL-JAHIZ?
Animals that get eaten are called prey. Predators are animals that eat other animals, so you’ll find predators at the top of a food web. Many animals are both prey and predators.
Al-Jahiz (776–868 AD) was a writer from Iraq who was one of the first people to write about the idea of food chains – that animals hunt and are hunted in turn.
what’s the
BIG idea?
GREENHOUSE EMISSIONS The Earth’s human population is growing rapidly and we all need food to eat. Food production and transport accounts for nearly a third of our greenhouse gas emissions. These are gases that are causing harm to the environment by warming up our planet. Food supply is one of the key problems to solve in the 21st century. 12
FOOD CHAIN
FOOD WEB
PUZZLE ZONE
population change Take another look at the food web on the opposite page. What would happen if the number of mice went up or the number of foxes went down? Or what if there was a drought and the wheat was destroyed? Think about this and you’ll see how connected a food web is. ANSWERS ARE AT THE BACK OF THE BOOK 13
STEM Quest (Technology): Tools, Robotics and Gadgets Galore Packed with amazing technology facts and fun experiments Nick Arnold
Technology is about gadgets, inventions and every product ever made. So, are you ready to come up with the next big thing? Make your own stethoscope, build a speedy jet boat, concoct your own plastic, create a biotech yummy yoghurt, and much more! With over 30 astonishing do-at-home experiments, extraordinary facts and stats and cool illustrations, this amazing STEM book will inspire you to become a top tech wizard. The STEM editorial consultant is Georgette Yakman, founding researcher and creator of the integrative STEAM framework. Publication
01 June 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781783123506
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Imprint
Carlton Books
Series
NA
Category
Child Non Fiction
Format
270 x 216 mm
•
Extent
80pp
•
Illustrations
Four-colour illustrations and photographs
Age Range
7 and up
Terms
SOR
Available 1 June 2019
Author Details Nick Arnold is the author of many science books for children, including a bestselling series of yucky but entertaining science facts. When he is not writing, Nick spends his time giving talks to children in bookshops, schools and libraries.
Key Information • • •
An inspiring new activity book designed to engage and entertain young minds, with incredible challenges, quizzes and do-at-home experiments. Features quality, contemporary "this ain't no school book" illustrations and graphics. Includes easy-to-follow, step-by-step instructions for the activities and experiments with bite-size text explaining scientific facts and stats. Part of an exciting new series; other titles are on the subjects of Science, Engineering and Maths. The STEM editorial consultant is Georgette Yakman, founding researcher and creator of the integrative STEAM framework and CEO of STEAM Education.
Simply easier
HOW DOES IT WORK? We see these simple mechanisms in everyday hand tools:
handle (2)
rack and pinion
Can opener
Over the centuries, inventors have strived to improve hand tools so that they are even easier to use. These more complex hand tools contain simple machines and mechanisms (moving parts that redirect a force). Let’s explore!
The handles (1) act like levers, concentrating the force of your hands onto the cutting edge. The gears direct the turning force of the handle (2) to the can.
Mechanical corkscrew
handle
Pushing down the levers pulls the screw upwards, raising the cork. A rack and pinion connects the levers to the screw so the cork can move up and down.
lever gears
screw
handles (1)
what’s the
BIG idea?
Hand drill A hand drill works like a wheel and axle. The motion of the drill handle concentrates a turning force on the drill bit.
Here are some of the simple mechanisms that form the basic parts of many machines.
axle
H M M!
A lever is a rod balanced on a pivot called a fulcrum. With the fulcrum in the middle, the lever is balanced. The further you move one end of the lever away, the less effort you need to exert force on the other side. effort (force)
wheel The two parts of a wheel and axle are connected so that they always turn together. The rim of the wheel turns faster and further than the axle – so if you turn the wheel, you can apply great force at the axle, but if you turn the axle, you can make the wheel turn much faster.
lever
drill bit drill handle
eggbeater
PUZZLE ZONE
p u d e x mi
b) Wheel and axle gears
shaft
fulcrum
gears handle
Rack and pinion mechanisms change a turning force to a sideways force.
pinion
Can you guess?
beaters
HOW DOES IT WORK?
10
a) Lever
crown wheel
c) Gears
rack
Gears are toothed wheels that mesh together and change the speed, strength or direction of turning forces in things like cars and bikes.
Which of these mechanisms are found in this eggbeater?
The handle, shaft and crown wheel of the eggbeater act like a wheel and axle, concentrating the turning force of the handle onto the crown wheel. The crown wheel and gears at the end of the beater rods redirect the turning force to the beaters and boost the beaters’ speed. The mechanism you won’t find in the eggbeater is a lever (A).
IN FACT...
Early eggbeaters Nowadays you’re likely to come across an eggbeater as part of an electric mixer. But did you know the first eggbeaters were bundles of apple twigs? They gave an apple flavour to cooking. 11
Let’s get cooking!
TRY THIS AT HOME
make a
e v n o r a l so
Our clever ancestors first learned about the power of heat when they discovered how to control fire for cooking and keeping warm. Read on for the full, fiery facts!
what’s the
Did you know that you can use solar (the sun’s) energy to cook food? Try this out on a warm, summer day! 3
You will need:
FIRE!
= carbon dioxide + water + heat + light
oxygen in the air
Fire is the result of a chemical reaction known as combustion. The atoms (particles) from hydrogen and carbon in the fuel (such as wood), combine with oxygen atoms from the air. This reaction produces carbon dioxide and water – as well as heat and light.
newspaper
hydrogen and carbon in wood
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
4
A ruler A plate Clingfilm
1
Get an adult to help you turn on the grill and heat it to about 200°C (390°F). 2
You will need:
3
Place a slice of bread directly onto the rack and toast one side of the bread for 5–7 minutes.
Now compare the colour, smell and taste of the two sides of the bread.
✔ A slice of bread WHAT’S GOING ON?
When you toast bread under a grill or in a toaster, you cause a chemical reaction at the surface of the bread. Chemicals react when you bake bread – the proteins in the yeast give the bread its smell and the yeast “feed” off sugars that add to the browning.
Crack the egg onto a plate. Put the plate on the base of the box. Cover the plate and base of the box with clingfilm.
clingfilm ruler
A raw egg to fry
foil
Roll up the newspaper into four columns and place them along the four sides of the base.
Use a ruler to keep the top of the box open.
!
5
Place the box so that the sun shines on the inside. It works best between the hours of 12 PM and 3 PM – you may find it takes a while. Leave your egg in the sun to cook. You should be able to watch the clear part of the egg turn white and the yellow yolk go hard. Angle the lid or prop up the box with a ruler or other object to reflect the most light onto the egg. Do not eat liquid egg whites!
IN FACT...
WARNING! Beware, heat!
! t s a o t s it’
12
2
✔ Aluminium foil ✔ Newspaper
TRY THIS AT HOME
✔ A grill oven
Paint the bottom of the pizza box black or cover it with black paper. Line the inside lid of the box with foil.
✔ An adult helper ✔ A thick pizza delivery box ✔ Black paint (matt) and paintbrush or black paper
BIG idea?
✔ An adult helper
1
HOW DOES IT WORK? The sun’s rays become trapped in the pizza box and heat it up. The warm rays shine onto the foil and are reflected onto the egg. The clingfilm helps to trap the warm air. The paint or black paper absorbs the heat, keeping the base of the box warm. What happens to the egg? The egg contains particles called molecules (atoms joined together) that are rolled up in tiny ball-like structures. The heat unravels them and reshapes them, turning the egg from liquid to solid as it cooks.
• • •
Ancient cooking Some of the first ovens were fire-pits dug in Europe around 29,000 years ago. They were used to cook mammoth meat. The ancient Greeks used front-loading bread ovens over 3,000 years ago. Metal stoves weren’t common until the 1800s.
EGG WHITE MOLECULES
!
before heating
after heating
WARNING! Hot grill!
13
Ceramics
HOW DOES IT WORK? As your salt dough clay dries, particles in the flour become bonded together, and the salt dough hardens.
ceramic pot
A good techie knows that heat can harden or melt all sorts of materials. One such material that heat hardens is ceramic. Ceramic can become rigid and waterproof by heating clay (fine particles of rock or earth) in an oven called a kiln. Let’s check it out.
what’s the
BIG
?
WHAT’S GOING ON? Glass is another ceramic material. It’s made from a substance called silicon dioxide, which is found in sand. It’s heated until runny and then shaped and cooled quickly. The result is a transparent material. Glass is not a true solid – the molecules that form it are arranged in no clear order, a bit like those of a liquid.
kiln
idea
NATURAL OR PROCESSED?
GLASS MOLECULE
Natural clay is soft. When you heat it, water evaporates from it, and new bonds form between the clay particles in a process that produces a stronger, harder material.
oxygen atom silicon atom TRY THIS AT HOME
y t l a s e k a m
1
clay
With adult help, heat 100 ml (3 fl oz) of water (no need to boil). Slowly stir in the salt, and continue stirring until the salt dissolves.
flour 2
OK, so this “clay” isn’t the real deal – but you’ll get a feel for how clay can be moulded into shapes. The only thing you can’t do is EAT it!
You will need: ✔ An adult helper
✔ A pan ✔ A hob and oven
✔ 100 g (4 oz) salt ✔ 220 g (8 oz) flour 14
!
Little by little, add the flour, stirring all the while. Continue stirring to make a smooth paste. Add a little more water or flour to get a clay consistency. Heat the mixture until it thickens.
WHO WAS WEDGWOOD?
1 HR
✔ A measuring jug ✔ A wooden spoon ✔ Weighing scales
salt
3
Allow the mixture to cool, knead it to make it smooth, then shape it into something amazing. Heat the oven to 90°C (200°F) and bake your creation for about an hour. Smaller items can be placed in a microwave for 10 –15 second bursts until they dry.
WARNING! Beware, heat!
Glass can sometimes be blown into shape because of its runny, sticky consistency when hot. It gradually hardens into a firm shape as it loses heat.
Josiah Wedgwood (1730–1795) was a British potter who opened pottery factories and made ornamental ware, some of his most famous being distinctive blue and white pots. He invented the pyrometer, an instrument for measuring the temperature of kilns.
15
Toy Story: Woody's Augmented Reality Adventure Jane Kent
Once you've downloaded the free app you just scan the pages and all the toys jump out in 3D animation onto your book. Play with Woody; press Buzz's buttons to open his wings, trigger his laser light and sounds; fill Hamm with coins. Help Woody and his friends collect the augmented reality clues and then unlock a hidden Toy Story 4 character! It's an augmented reality adventure to infinity... and beyond!
Author Details
Publication
01 June 2019
Binding
Hardback
Jane Kent is an experienced children's writer. She has worked on everything from early-learning board books and educational biographies of great historical figures to story and activity titles for brands such as Disney/Pixar, Marvel and Nickelodeon.
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
Key Information
ISBN
9781783124688
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Imprint
Carlton Books
Series
NA
• •
Category
Child Novelty
•
Format
228 x 262 mm
Extent
32pp
Illustrations
Artwork from the four Toy Story movies
Age Range
6 and up
Terms
SOR
Available 1 June 2019
• •
This is the only Augmented Reality character guidebook to the world of Disney/Pixar's ground-breaking Toy Story movie series, which has grossed $1.97 billion at the global box office. Toy Story 4 will be released worldwide on 21 June 2019. Bring your favourite Toy Story characters to life, and several new characters from Toy Story 4. Easy-to-download free app for both iOS and Android. Watch the Toy Story 4 movie trailer here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LDXYRzerjzU
WOODY
Howdy partner!
is Andy’s favourite toy wboy. a brave and kind co Sheriff Woody Pride, , otin’ tootin’ TV show ro a of ar st e th ce He was on he lives his loyal gang. Now saving the day with toys. is the leader of the in Andy’s house and bossy! t can also be a little He is really smart, bu
COWBOY HAT BANDANA
Woody, Jessie Bullseye were and in the old T V all Woody’s Roun show dup !
CHECKED SHIRT
SHERIFF’S BADGE
COWBOY CATCHPHRASES
WAISTCOAT
There’s a pull-string voice box on Woody’s back. Here are some of the things he might say if you pull his string:
“SOMEBODY’S POISONED THE WATERHOLE!”
y y!” m e r ’ “You ite deput favour
“THERE’S A SNAKE IN MY BOOT! ”
h g ou n e g i b t ’ in “This towtnhea two of us! ” for
6
WILD WEST WARDROBE Woody always wears his Sheriff’s uniform – though sometimes he loses his hat!
BOOTS AND SPURS
DENIM TROUSERS
A SPEEDY STEED
N eigh! Bullseye was Woody’s trusty horse
back in the Roundup days. He has stayed loyal to his cowboy friend over the years and would still follow him anywhere. Bullseye is always full of energy and bounds around Andy’s bedroom like a playful puppy.
SEE WOODY IN 3D! VIEW THESE PAGES THROUGH THE APP ON YOUR PHONE OR TABLET, AND WOODY WILL APPEAR RIGHT ON YOUR BOOK!
7
K GLOW IN THE DAR SPACE SUIT
BUZZ
Space ranger Buzz
on landed in Andy’s life e birthday. An awesom the little boy’s 7th e ure, he used to be th astronaut action fig zz Lightyear of Star Command, lead character in Bu show. The other a space-themed TV and think the toys look up to Buzz er is super cool. intergalactic explor is, His favourite saying
RETRACTABLE HELMET VISOR
POP-OUT WINGS
SPACE RANGER INSIGNIA
! d n o y e ” b d n a y t i n i f n i “ To
BEST BUDDIES
D! 3 N I Z Z SEETHBESUE PAGES THRHOOUNGEH VIEW P ON YOUR P ILL THE AP ET, AND BUZZ W OR TABL EAR RIGHT ON APP OK! YOUR BO
10
HELPFUL HERO As a space ranger, Buzz is sworn to protect the galaxy from the Evil Emperor Zurg and all other threats. He takes his role super seriously and will always do his very best to help a toy in trouble.
HIGH-TECH TOY Buzz’s awesome space ranger suit has lots of high-tech gadgets and it glows in the dark. Listen to his mission log, shoot flashing lasers or make his wings pop out, all at the press of a button. His helmet can be moved up and down, too!
When Buzz first arrived, he got lots of attention from Andy and all of the toys. Woody, who was used to being Andy’s favourite toy and leader of the gang, began to feel a bit jealous. But after some adventures together, the cowboy and the space ranger became good pals.
11
REX
osaurus, Unlike a real Tyrann y Rex is gentle, scaredy-dinosaur to he hates any kind and caring and ntations. arguments or confro worries about Always nervous, Rex ly his small roar. everything, especial
TIMID T-REX He might be made of hard and heavy plastic, but Rex is really a big softy. With his teeny tiny roar, he’s all teeth and no bite. Rex worries that he’s not scary enough and will be replaced by a more ferocious dinosaur toy...
HAMM
Hamm is never Confident piggy bank r toys exactly what afraid to tell the othe is a wisecracking he thinks of them. He and slightly joker with a wicked mour. sarcastic sense of hu
FUNNY PIGGY Hamm is a pink plastic piggy bank, with a cork that keeps coins inside his belly. Ever the entertainer, Hamm plays tunes on the harmonica and tells the toys loads of jokes. He especially enjoys making fun of his friend Rex over his endless fears and worries.
GRRR-EAT GAMERS Rex enjoys playing computer games and he’s pretty good. When he moved to Bonnie’s house, he became best pals with her toy dinosaur, Trixie. She shares his love of gaming and the pair spend lots of time playing together. 14
EVIL GENIUS Wearing a little black hat – borrowed from Mr Potato Head – Hamm often had a starring role in Andy’s adventures. Although he had fun playing the bad guy known as Evil Dr. Porkchop, Hamm always tells the toys that crime doesn’t pay.
SEE HAMM
IN 3D!
VIEW T THE AP HESE PAGES T PO HR TABLET, N YOUR PHO OUGH NE AN APPEAR D HAMM WILL OR R YOUR B IGHT ON OOK!
15
How to Train Your Dragon: The Hidden World Fly your favourite dragons in augmented reality Emily Stead
Put your beast-riding skills to the test as you fly your favourite DreamWorks Dragons off the page and into your world! Includes five incredible 3D augmented reality dragons and their riders that you can interact with on your smartphone and tablet. Get set to bring incredible 3D augmented reality dragons to life before your eyes! Using your tablet or smartphone, meet amazingly detailed dragons and fly them around your bedroom – fly a life-size Hiccup and Toothless, try your hand at training Stormfly, make Meatlug fly forwards, backwards and hover, take control of fiery Hookfang, and meet Barf & Belch.
Publication
01 May 2019
Binding
Hardback
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781783124343
Bring Hiccup, Toothless and the gang off the pages of the book and into your world with Augmented Reality!
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Author Details
Imprint
Carlton Books
Series
NA
Emily Stead is an accomplished author who has written literally hundreds of children's titles, from best-selling character annuals through to story and activity books, including books for top UK football clubs.
Category
Child Novelty
Format
228 x 262 mm
Extent
32pp
Illustrations
Full colour illustrations
Age Range
6 and up
Terms
SOR
Take photos of the moment and share them with your friends and family!
Key Information • •
•
The only Augmented Reality character guidebook to one of the most eagerly anticipated animated movies of 2019 – DreamWorks' How to Train Your Dragon: The Hidden World. Box-office expectations are high for the third film in the series,How to Train Your Dragon: The Hidden World, which will be released worldwide on 1 February 2019. How to Train Your Dragon 2 (2014) was the number 1 animated film of 2014. Debuting in 2015, the TV seriesDragons: Race to the Edge is broadcast globally, with new episodes due to be released on Netflix through 2018 and into 2019. Watch the trailer for How to Train You Dragon: The Hidden World here: https://www.youtube.com/watch? v=naW9U8MiUY0
Available 1 May 2019 Follow the link to see how it works! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bTBqGaOeqE4&feature=youtu.be
NS
O G A R D G IN R B O T GET SET UR EYES! O Y E R O F E B TO LIFE
Tr y your hand at training
Simply download the
FREE APP DREAMWORKS DRAGONS AR from www.apple.com/itunes or www.android.com/apps and open it on your mobile device.
e Hold your devic in the over the pages see book where you ircle. this interactive c
Now you can enjoy epic interactive digital experienc es!
STORMFLY!
Fly a life-size HICCUP and TOOTHLESS!
TLUG
Make MEA , s fly for ward backwards and hover!
Explore the app to discover more facts and stats about the dragons!
This is a Carlton Book Text and design Carlton Books Limited 2019 How To Train Your Dragon: The Hidden World Š 2019 DreamWorks Animation LLC. All Rights Reserved. First published in the UK in 2019 by Carlton Books Limited 20 Mortimer Street, London W1T 3JW All Rights Reserved. This book is sold subject to the condition that it may not be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise without the publisher’s prior consent. A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library. ISBN: 978-1-78312-434-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Printed in Dongguan, China Author: Emily Stead Executive Editor: Bryony Davies Design: RockJaw Creative Design Manager: Emily Clarke Digital Producer: Will Jones Production Controller: Nicola Davey
JOURNEY TO NEW BERK Home to Vikings for seven generations, the island of Berk is now crowded, noisy and overrun with dragons! In spite of this, Viking chief Hiccup Horrendous Haddock III couldn’t be happier – Berk is an island where humans and dragons live peacefully side by side.
Fishlegs & Meatlug Hiccup & Toothless An unlikely friendship was formed when Hiccup brought down
But when a ruthless dragon-hunter sets out to capture Hiccup’s dragon, Toothless, the last known Night Fury, and the other dragons of Berk, the Vikings are left with no choice… they must disappear, taking their dragons off the map to a place where they can live in peace. In their search for a legendary Hidden World, the Vikings arrive in a place they call New Berk, a land of sparkling waterfalls, towering peaks and lush valleys – a perfect place for humans and dragons to settle. Read on to discover all about the wildest, most dangerous creatures on Earth, those who tamed them and those who wish to destroy them forever…
6
Ruffnut & Tuffnut and Barf & Belch
a Night Fury.
Astrid & Stormfly After Hiccup trained Toothless, other species of dragons were
trained, too.
Snotlout & Hookfang
s.
n the Vikings' deadliest enemie
For centuries, dragons had bee
7
TOOTHLESS
HICCUP
O
ne of the cleverest of all dragon species, Toothless is a feared Night Fury. He is thought to be the last of his kind. Jet-black scales cover his whole body and allow him to fly at night without being seen. This loyal dragon is smart, fast and best friends with Hiccup.
M
FLY A NIGHT FURY Fly a life-size Toothless and Hiccup around your local park!
Night Fury Facts iccup created a new left tailfin for H Toothless after the dragon’s real one was injured in a crash. Now Toothless can fly again but only with his rider, Hiccup, controlling the tailfin with an ingenious saddle Hiccup invented and built. Toothless’s bravest moment was when he plunged hundreds of metres on his own to save Hiccup from crashing to the ground after the epic battle with the Red Death. Toothless is not actually toothless, but he does have retractable teeth that sometimes make him look that way. Hiccup’s mum, Valka, revealed a row of hidden spikes on Toothless’s back that help him to fly even faster.
8
Special Species
Toothless has a special ability – echolocation – that is a bit like radar. When his sight is limited, such as in a pitch-black cave, he can emit a sound wave, which bounces off nearby terrain and obstacles, telling Toothless exactly what’s around him.
eet Hiccup, expert Dragon Rider and current chief of Berk. He’s the son of Stoick the Vast and Valka. Hiccup discovered how to train dragons and, as a result, he brought peace between dragons and the Vikings of Berk. Miserable Meeting
Toothless and Hiccup make a terrific team, but they weren’t always on the same side. The pair first met when Hiccup brought down Toothless from the sky with another ingenious invention, the Mangler, during a provisions raid of the Vikings’ village by scores of dragons. Now they share an unbreakable bond.
The Night Fury is the fastest, smartest and rarest of the known dragon species.
DRAGON STATS attack 15
shot limit
6
speed 20
venom 0
armour 18
jaw strength 6
firepower 14
stealth 18
9
Ultimate Pokemon Trainer's Guide Ned Hartley
Welcome to the ultimate unofficial guide for every Pokémon trainer! The Ultimate Pokémon Trainer's Guide is filled to the brim with Pokémon reviews, facts, stats and tips. All the top Pokémon games are reviewed, from Pokémon Go to 3DS classics like Pokémon Ultra Sun and Moon, to the latest Switch titles like Pokémon: Let's Go, Pickachu! and Pokémon: Let's Go, Eevee! There's also a cool look at the wider world of Pokémon, from toys to card games to upcoming movies. There are entries on every single 800+ Pokémon, including strengths, weaknesses and combat stats.
Author Details Ned Hartley has written and edited books, magazines and graphic novels on everything from Albert Einstein to Pikachu, including Star Wars annuals, Superman comics, and a retelling of Rudyard Kipling's The Jungle Book. Publication
01 June 2019
Key Information
Binding
Paperback
•
Price
AU$15.99 | NZ$17.99
ISBN
9781787392892
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Imprint
Carlton Books
Series
NA
Category
Child Novelty
Format
270 x 216 mm
Extent
64pp
Illustrations
Full colour screenshots throughout
Age Range
7 and up
Terms
SOR
Available 1 June 2019
• • • •
Pokémon is one of the world's largest entertainment franchises, generating more than $1.5 billion every year. With the emphasis on current and mobile games as well as a fond look back at older titles, this is a completely up-to-date book for the contemporary Pokémon fan and older nostalgia gamers alike. The book's appeal extends beyond the games to animation, movies and more. A complete list of all 800+ Pokémon makes this the ideal single title for players of any Pokémon game. Watch the trailer for the upcoming Pokemon Detective Pikachu movie here: https://www.youtube.com/ watch?v=1roy4o4tqQM
POKÉDEX Amet il idit laut harchit aquiae omnim nis maximent re vendam estrum re, tend facea nonsedi qui as aut eatur se
#001 Bulbasaur Type: Grass, Poison Species: Seed Weaknesses: Fire, Ice, Psychic
#004 Charmander
#007 Squirtle
#010 Caterpie
Type: Grass, Poison Species: Seed Weaknesses: Fire, Ice, Psychic
Type: Water Species: Tiny Turtle Weaknesses: Electric, Grass
Type: Bug Species: Worm Weaknesses: Fire, Flying, Rock
Height: 0.6m Weight: 8.5Kg
Height: 0.5m Weight: 9Kg
Height: 0.3m Weight: 2.9Kg
Pokédex Entry: The flame that burns at the tip of its tail is an indication of its emotions. The flame wavers when Charmander is enjoying itself. If the Pokémon becomes enraged, the flame burns fiercely.
HP: 2 Attack: 3 Defence: 3
Height: 0.7m Weight: 6.9Kg HP: 2 Attack: 3 Defence: 2
HP: 2 Attack: 3 Defence: 2
Special Attack: 3 Special Defence: 2 Speed: 4
#002 Ivysaur
#005 Charmeleon
Type: Grass, Poison Species: Seed Weaknesses: Fire, Ice, Psychic
Type: Fire Species: Flame Weaknesses: Ground, Rock, Water
Height: 1m Weight: 13Kg
Height: 0.7m Weight: 6.9Kg
HP: 3 Attack: 3 Defence: 3
Special Attack: 4 Special Defence: 3 Speed: 3
HP: 3 Attack: 3 Defence: 3
Special Attack: 4 Special Defence: 3 Speed: 4
#011 Metapod
Type: Water Species: Turtle Weaknesses: Electric, Grass
Type: Bug Species: Cocoon Weaknesses: Fire, Flying, Rock
Height: 1m Weight: 22.5Kg
Height: 0.7m Weight: 9.9Kg
Pokédex Entry: Its tail is large and covered with a rich, thick fur. The tail becomes increasingly deeper in color as Wartortle ages. The scratches on its shell are evidence of this Pokémon’s toughness as a battler.
HP: 2 Attack: 1 Defence: 3
HP: 3 Attack: 3 Defence: 4
#006 Charizard
#009 Blastoise
Type: Grass, Poison Species: Seed Weaknesses: Fire, Ice, Psychic
Type: Fire, Flying Species: Flame Weaknesses: Ground, Rock, Water
Type: Water Species: Shellfish Weaknesses: Electric, Grass
Height: 2m Weight: 100Kg
Height: 1.7m Weight: 90.5Kg
Height: 1.6m Weight: 85.5Kg
Special Attack: 5 Special Defence: 4 Speed: 4
HP: 3 Attack: 4 Defence: 3
Special Attack: 5 Special Defence: 4 Speed: 5
HP: 2 Attack: 3 Defence: 2
#008 Wartortle
#002 Venusaur
HP: 3 Attack: 4 Defence: 4
4
Special Attack: 3 Special Defence: 2 Speed: 4
Special Attack: 2 Special Defence: 3 Speed: 2
HP: 3 Attack: 4 Defence: 4
Special Attack: 1 Special Defence: 1 Speed: 1
Special Attack: 1 Special Defence: 1 Speed: 2
#012 Butterfree Type: Bug Species: Butterfly Weaknesses: Fire, Flying, Rock Special Attack: 3 Special Defence: 3 Speed: 3
Height: 1.1m Weight: 32Kg Pokédex Entry: Butterfree has a superior ability to search for delicious honey from flowers. It can even search out, extract, and carry honey from flowers that are blooming over six miles from its nest.
Special Attack: 4 Special Defence: 4 Speed: 4
HP: 2 Attack: 3 Defence: 2
Special Attack: 3 Special Defence: 2 Speed: 4
5
GAMES
POKÉMON X AND Y
trivi
a
Fran man ce is fam fine y things ous for to its wines a – from its nd m but… agnifice cheese s, n – Ka Pokémo t châtea lo ux n? intro s, the ne It’s true , du w almo ced her region e, i st for t exact m s an he n a orth tch ern
After 12 hand held Pokémon games in a row, perhaps it’s no surprise that for the first 6th Generation Pokémon games, GameFreak decided to add a whole new dimension. Released: 2013 Original Platform: 3Ds Pokémon Generation: 6 Difficulty:
After years of flat, 2D graphics, Pokémon X & Y were the first hand held games to go fully 3D! Finally your favourite monsters can be appreciated from every angle, as you head to the Gallic-themed region of Kalos (See Trivia for more info).
X & Y added 69 new Pokémon to the National Pokédex, as well as the ability to ‘Mega Evolve’ your pets for the first time. Mega Evolutions are triggered by matching certain Pokémon with specific Mega Stones, allowing them to Mega-Evolve during a fight. If you thought
! p i t tOP
I'd like to dine Tell me more Another time
POKÉ SECREt Welcome to Restaurant Le Nah. Our flavours will never overwhelm your palate. The restaurants in Lumiose City are a great way to grab some easy cash. Equip the Amulet Coin, or some Luck Incense, and then fight the restaurant’s Pokémon for some
Ready for a knock out quote? Boxing legend Muhammad Ali once said that he could ‘Float like a butterfly, and sting like a bee’ in the ring, and the quote is referenced in Pokémon’s super training mode. Just hit the bags and you’ll be told to
Blatoise was mean before, wait until you see Mega Blastoise’s Mega Launcher! There are a lot of great improvements from previous games in the series.
Some kind of picture caption could go here to add a little more info context to the images
28
The story gets going much quicker and the 3D battles are truly spectacular. The Pokémon-Amie feature lets you bond with your Pokémon like never before and the French setting gives the whole game a wonderful twist. Très magnifique!
29
PROFILES
ASH KETCHUM Type: Human Age: 10
WHO IS HE? Ash Ketchum has one dream – to become a Pokémonmaster. He hasn’t managed it yet, but he will never stop trying! Ash is a ten-year-old boy who has travelled through all the different regions, battling gyms and collecting Pokemon. Ash can be brash and arrogant sometimes, but he has a heart of gold. Ash changes his outfit when he visits different regions, but he always keeps his trademark baseball cap and Pokeball comb. His best friend is Pikachu, his starter Pokemon, and they go everywhere together.
GREATEST MOMENT
Ash has had too many amazing moments to pick just one. His greatest moment – when he finally becomes a Pokémonmaster – is yet to come!
36
ASH’S PIKACHU Type: Electric type Age: Unknown
WHO IS HE? Pikachu and Ash weren’t always friends. When they first met, Pikachu electrocuted Ash and made fun of him for trying to catch a Pidgey! However when Ash protected Pikachu from a flock of Spearow, they became firm friends. They both love battling and adventure, and are fiercely loyal. Pikachu is just as headstrong as Ash, which is perhaps why they are good friends. Pikachu was given the choice to evolve into a Raichu, but he wants to prove that he can beat stronger Pokémonwithout evolving. Team Rocket are constantly trying to steal him from Ash. GREATEST MOMENT
Ash once thought that Pikachu would be happier living with other Pikachu and let him go, but Pikachu chose Ash instead and returned to him. Sweet!
37
Roblox Master Gamer's Guide Kevin Pettman
There is a world of content to explore in Roblox, and Carlton's brand-new Master Gamer's Guide has everything you need to find, beat and even create the best games. This book contains info on the hottest Roblox games like Jailbreak and Hide and Seek Extreme, plus top tips to get you to the top of the leader boards, earn Robux, and impress your mates. There's even an easy-to-follow guide to start making your own games, plus crucial info on how to stay safe and have fun when you're playing online.
Author Details Kevin Pettman is a sports writer and editor of children's magazines and annuals, including Match of the Day and Match. He is also a regular contributor to Top Gear's annuals and children's titles.
Key Information
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$15.99 | NZ$18.99
•
ISBN
9781787392120
•
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Imprint
Carlton Books
Series
NA
Category
Child Non Fiction
Format
270 x 216 mm
Extent
64pp
Illustrations
Full colour
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
•
• •
Roblox is the largest user-generated online gaming platform, but with over 15 million games to try, you'll need this guide to help you pick and beat the best ones. The perfect guide to learn the basics of game making in step-by-step form, and help further spark users' imagination. Content is split into three sections: Playing; Game Tips and Tricks; Creating. This means readers will return to the book time and time again, as they unlock more and more of Roblox's potential. This is a much more social game than Minecraft, and young gamers will want to keep up with their friends who are already playing, hence the need for help from this safe and practical guidebook. Top games such as Jailbreak, Hide and Seek Extreme and Neverland Lagoon are all profiled in detail, with tips and tricks on how to master each game.
Adam Spencer's Mini Book of Numbers Adam Spencer
Our very own Sultan of STEM, Crusader of Calculus, Prince of Pi – Adam Barrington Spencer – is back in 2019 with more teasing, tantalising and tricky maths games, puzzles and quizzes for young and hungry minds. Scared of square roots? Petrified of Pythagoras? Frightened of factorials? Let Australia’s funniest mathematician enthral and entertain as he demystifies numbers in this bumper new edition. Adam Spencer’s Mini Book of Numbers follows on from the bestselling Enormous Book of Numbers (2015), Number Crunchers (2016), and The Number Detective (2018), and is guaranteed to keep kids aged 6-12 occupied for hours on end. Praise for Adam Spencer: ‘The things Adam Spencer writes about should be taught in every school worldwide.’ Malcolm Gladwell, author of The Tipping Point, Blink and Outliers.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781925589849
Publisher
Brio Books
Imprint
Brio Books
Series
NA
Category
Child Non Fiction
Format
234 x 153 mm
Extent
320pp
Illustrations
B&W, fully illustrated
Age Range
6 and up
•
SOR
•
Terms
‘Even the page numbers will start to look fascinating once you’ve read this book!’ Amanda Keller ‘Every bright young mind in Australia should read Adam Spencer’s Big Book of Numbers – and we oldies would benefit, too.’ Peter FitzSimons
Author Details In 1996, while doing a Maths PhD at Sydney Uni, Adam Spencer won the Melbourne International Comedy Festival Raw Comedy Championship. He went on to host the triple j breakfast show with Wil Anderson before graduating to 702 ABC Sydney where he hosted the breakfast show for eight years. His TV credits include The Glasshouse, Good News Week, The Project, Q&A and, with Dr Karl, Sleek Geeks. Adam is the author of several popular mathematics books for adults and kids.
Key Information
•
Makes maths fun! Adam’s on a mission to popularise STEM Great activity book in time for school holidays
Also by Adam Spencer:
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781925589580
Price
AU$26.99 | NZ$29.99
Price
AU$26.99 | NZ$29.99
ISBN
9781925143133
ISBN
9781925589696
Price
AU$34.99 | NZ$37.99
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781921134869
ISBN
9781921134883
Price
AU$34.99 | NZ$37.99
ISBN
9781925143188
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781925143201
Believe it or not ... T
here was a time pre-Google Maps when every car would have a tattered street directory shoved in the back of the passenger seat.
Yes, this is how we used to navigate our way in the dark ages before everyone had an iPhone telling them to ‘take the next left in 500 metres.’
Where Were y You esterda y
Can’t picture it? Well, allow me to recreate the experience for you.
aced inky mess (incoveniently pl istance) obscuring the d
10 0
km
So how far is it to WHERE YOU WANT TO BE?
km
The good news is that this map tells us how far each route is. The bad news? The map’s been damaged. No problemo for a whizz like you, though.
80
Here we have our map. A real, paper one! My mate wants to know how far it is between where we are and, well, where we want to be.
Where You Are
2
ou Y e r Whe to Be t Wan 3
H
ey, you! Yes, you! You’re a mammal, I presume? TBH, if you’re not, I’d love to hear from you — hit me up on Twitter @adambspencer.
But if you are, here’s a little fact about your, ah, pooping habits. Science says it’ll take a 12 seconds for you to empty your bowels, most commonly creating two pooey pieces in the process. Doesn’t matter whether you’re 4 kilograms of 4000 — that’s just how it is. How do we know? Shout out to Patricia Yang, mechanical Engineer PhD student at Georgia Institute of technology, Atlanta. Fancy a bonus fascinating faecal fact? One of the crucial parts of your body in helping you do the do is a layer of mucus in your colon. This helps the slip out easily. If the mucus is absorbed by your waste you get constipated and it gets a lot harder to say goodbye to the goo. And if you didn’t have this layer of mucus and applied no pressure at all, you’d only empty your bowels once every 500 days. Patricia warns, ‘It would be shortened to 6 hours if you apply maximum pressure, but I believe you’d still need to see a doctor.’
4
Just Bear with me ... o I’m on a camping trip. One morning, I decide to go for a little hike, so I leave my campsite and walk south for 3 km before turning east and walking for another 3 km. Then, I turn north and after walking for, you guessed it, another 3 km, I find a bear inside my tent eating my food!
S
What color was the bear?
5
Seven Truths .. 16
or Falsehoods?
3
True
5
False 12 is a multiple of 2
7
6
12
123 is a multiple of 3 1234 is a multiple of 4
15
1
12345 is a multiple of 5 123456 is a multiple of 6
Hip to be t
...
his is a 4 Ă— 4 magic square and the magic number is 34. You may remember the 3 Ă— 3 version from earlier. Well, same rules apply here. Fill in the square with the number 1 to 16 so that each row, column and the two diagonals add up to 34. Each number can only be used once!
6
1234567 is a multiple of 7
Wh ich of th e ab ov e are true an d wh ich are fa lse ? ca lc ul ators! Bo nu s po int s if yo u do it wi th ou t wr iti ng an yt hin g ou t.
No
7
7
4
12 4
8
2
4
6
5
Be a Trimaster F
9
orm an equation to get the number in the centre of each triangle using the 3 numbers at each corner. You are allowed to use any any of the basic operations + − Ă— á as well as parentheses ( ). Order of operations matters. Are you a trimaster?
8
2
1 9
Food and Fire Create bold dishes with 65 recipes to cook outdoors Marcus Bawdon 65 recipes for grilling, smoking and roasting with fire. Cooking with fire is primal. There is nothing simpler – no metalwork, no fancy gadgets, just food and flame – allowing you to take the most basic of ingredients and turn them into something special. Cultures across the globe have cooked in this way, developing their own innovative methods to combine heat and local flavours. Cooking with Fire takes the best of these global artisanal techniques – from searing directly on the coals to rotisserie, wood-fired ovens, cast-iron grilling, and plenty more – and creates 65 lip-smacking dishes to cook outdoors and share in front of the fire with family and friends.
Author Details Publication
01 May 2019
Binding
Hardback
Marcus Bawdon is obsessed by cooking with fire. It’s an all-encompassing passion that he loves to share with people via his vibrant CountryWoodSmoke website, Facebook group and YouTube channel; through demonstrations and appearances at food and BBQ festivals across Britain, and as editor of UK BBQ Mag. He was crowned king of Meatopia BBQ festival, is a judge at BBQ events such as Grillstock, and makes regular appearances in the media to talk all things related to outdoor cooking.
Price
AU$29.99
Key Information
ISBN
9781911026884
Publisher
Ryland Peters and Small
Imprint
RPS Books
Series
NA
Category
Food & Drink
Format
235 x 190 mm
Extent
144pp
Illustrations
80 colour photographs
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
Available 1 May 2019
•
A global approach to cooking with fire outlined by one of the UK’s foremost BBQ experts.
•
65 recipes include dirty tomahawk steaks seared straight on the coals, scallops cooked on a silver birch log, butternut squash with pear and ’Nduja roasted in a wood-fired oven, foraged veg prepared on a Japanese hibachi grill and many more. According to the latest Roy Morgan Research data (2016), almost two-thirds of Australian households own a barbecue. In certain places, this figure rises to more than three-quarters of households, with country South Australia emerging as the nation’s highest-density barbecue-owning region, just ahead of the ACT.
•
CB1297 Food & Fire - final
CB1297 Food & Fire - final
Dirty Steak with Melted Bone Marrow RECOMMENDED HEAT: Level bed of red-hot embers using best-quality lump charcoal or the embers of a hardwood fire (with silver birch, for example). SERVES 1
1 steak Coarse sea salt and freshly ground black pepper For the melted bone marrow: 4 tbsp bone marrow 1 garlic clove, finely chopped Sprig of fresh rosemary, finely chopped Sprig of fresh thyme, finely chopped 2 sprigs of fresh flat-leaf parsley, finely chopped
I’ve enjoyed cooking “dirty” steaks for many years now. I started doing them in my wood-fired oven on some embers, as I didn’t have a grilling grate that would fit through the door of the oven. So I just raked forward the embers and cooked the steaks on these. I didn’t realize then that this technique was something others were doing, but I’ve since seen many other masters of this method. These days, I tend to cook my dirty steaks on top-quality charcoal in a grill, but still enjoy cooking them on the embers of a silver-birch fire when I can. This recipe is another in my series of experiments in resting meats and then adding an extra layer of flavors during the resting period. I love bone marrow—they call it “God’s Butter” for very good reason. It’s rich, fatty, and delicious, and perfect for basting. If you can get bone marrow from good-quality, dry-aged beef, then you have something very special.
+ Grill tips You can use any type of steak, but my favorites for this particular cooking method are hanger, skirt, sirloin, and bone-in ribeye.
Prepare the bone marrow in advance by mixing it with the garlic and finely chopped herbs. Wrap in foil or plastic wrap (clingfilm), form into a rough sausage shape, and pop in the refrigerator to firm up for a few hours. Put the steak on the embers. Don’t season the steak with salt until the last minute—instead, wait until you flip the meat over before seasoning with sea salt and black pepper to taste. Putting on salt too early draws moisture to the surface of the meat, which will boil off and give you a gray steak and a poor sear. To get the best sear, season the steak after flipping. Only flip the steak once, and don’t move, fiddle with, or press down on it in between.
Use a digital probe thermometer to check when the steak is a few degrees off your desired cooking temperature, depending on how you like your steak (see Internal Temperature Guide, page 13), then remove from the coals and let rest for a moment. Remove the bone marrow from the fridge and cut off a thick slice. Place the slice of bone marrow on top of the steak, then pop a piece of red-hot charcoal or flaming silver-birch kindling on top to melt the marrow onto the steak.
dirty 24
IW_CB1297_Food_Fire_001-144 v2.indd 24
Dirty Steak with Melted Bone Marrow 25
03/01/2019 17:27
IW_CB1297_Food_Fire_001-144 v2.indd 25
03/01/2019 17:27
CB1297 Food & Fire - final
CB1297 Food & Fire - final
Pork Chops with Charcoalmelted Nduja Butter RECOMMENDED HEAT: Barbecue that allows both direct and indirect cooking at 320– 350°F (160–180°C) with the lid on. Add a small chunk of wood for smoking (I use hickory, but cherry, apple, and maple also work well). SERVES 2
1 “double” two-bone pork chop 3 tbsp CountryWoodSmoke Mocha Rub (or a pork rub of your choice) For the nduja butter: 2 tbsp soft unsalted butter 2 tbsp nduja
Move the chop to the indirect area of the barbecue, and let cook slowly with the lid on until it reaches an internal temperature of 145°F (63°C). You can pull the chop a couple of degrees earlier, if you wish, as the temperature will continue to rise by a few degrees while the chop is resting. + Grill tips If you can’t get hold of nduja, try making a herby, garlicky compound butter or a nice blue cheese compound butter instead. Melting and searing flavored butter into the meat is a technique that takes the humble pork chop to a whole new level.
A good-quality pork chop is a thing of beauty, with creamy fat and a thick loin. However, even with the best pork, it’s still a relatively blank canvas on which you can layer some seriously good flavor combinations. And that is the beauty of barbecue—there are so many opportunities to layer flavors and few things are better than when all those flavors work in joyous harmony. This recipe works these flavorlayering opportunities to the maximum. You have the meat base, the dry rub, the smoke and searing, and the final theatrical flourish: a slick of spicy, russet-colored nduja butter melted and seared with a piece of red-hot lump charcoal. Nduja is a soft, spreadable salami from Calabria, in Italy, that is mostly pork fat, but has plenty of chili for a real kick. If you haven’t discovered the joy that is nduja, then you must try it, as it has so many wonderful uses.
Remove the chop from the barbecue and let rest for 5 minutes, then cut in half between the ribs and across the center. Put a slice of nduja butter on the cut side of the chop, then quickly place a piece of red-hot lump charcoal from the barbecue on top of the butter. This will smoke and melt the butter onto the chop— the cut side of the pork will soak up the butter to add a wonderful extra depth of flavor. Serve on a plate with the lump of sizzling charcoal on top for some great table theater, allowing the diner to remove the charcoal and get stuck in.
Make the nduja butter in advance by combining the butter and nduja. This is a type of compound butter. Wrap in plastic wrap (clingfilm) or foil and roll into a sausage shape. Pop in the refrigerator or freezer until the butter has firmed up. Score the fat on the pork chop or the rind if this is left on and you want some crackling. Sprinkle the chop with an even coating of the dry rub and place directly over the charcoal with the fat-side facing down. Put on the lid and cook for a few minutes until the fat starts to render and crisp up—you’ll know this is happening because the amount of white smoke from the top vent will increase as the fat drops onto the charcoal. Sear the chop on both sides until you get the sear you want.
dirty 28
IW_CB1297_Food_Fire_001-144 v2.indd 28
Pork Chops with Charcoal-melted Nduja Butter 29
03/01/2019 17:27
IW_CB1297_Food_Fire_001-144 v2.indd 29
03/01/2019 17:27
CB1297 Food & Fire - final
CB1297 Food & Fire - final
Scallops on a Silver-birch Log RECOMMENDED HEAT: Split a silver-birch log, at least 1 inch (2.5cm) in diameter, in half down the middle to give you a flat side on which to cook the scallops. Fire up the barbecue with goodquality lump charcoal and place the log on top of the grill. Let burn for a good while, taking in the mouth-watering smoke of the silver birch as it heats up. Once the surface of the log is turning white and starting to get a little ash-y, you know it’s time to cook.
A good, plump, sweet scallop is a sublime work of art that needs very little cooking—just a quick sear on both sides to keep it quivering and juicy. It requires a bold hand to place such a beautiful ingredient on a dirty lump of smoldering wood, but this is exactly what you’ll need to do here… Trust me, it’s good.
SERVES 1
After a few minutes, the edges of the scallops will start to crisp up, which means they are ready to turn. Flip the scallops over and give them a further 2–3 minutes. They should develop a delicate crust, but still be soft and juicy on the inside, having taken on a sweet smoky flavor.
3 good-quality fresh scallops, roe (corals) attached 2 lemon slices Coarse sea salt and freshly ground black pepper To serve: Large handful of arugula (rocket)
Give the log a quick blow to remove any loose ash, then place the scallops on the flat side of the wood. Season to taste with a little sea salt and add a couple of slices of lemon to caramelize.
Serve the scallops on a bed of arugula (rocket) with the caramelized lemon slices, and season to taste with a little more sea salt and some black pepper.
dirty 30
IW_CB1297_Food_Fire_001-144 v2.indd 30
03/01/2019 17:27
IW_CB1297_Food_Fire_001-144 v2.indd 31
03/01/2019 17:27
CB1297 Food & Fire - final
CB1297 Food & Fire - final
Scallops in the Shell with Sorrel Chimichurri RECOMMENDED HEAT: Good level bed of red-hot embers of good-quality lump charcoal or the embers of a hardwood fire. SERVES 1
3 cleaned good-quality scallops in the shell, roe (corals) attached For the sorrel chimichurri: Handful of fresh flat-leaf parsley 1 cup (30g) fresh sorrel 6 garlic cloves 1 small shallot, chopped 4–5 tbsp red wine vinegar, to taste 3 tbsp cold water 2 tbsp extra-virgin olive oil Juice of ½ lemon 1 tsp coarse sea salt 1 tsp dried oregano 1 tsp red pepper (dried chili) flakes
+ Grill tips Instead of using chimichurri, finish the scallops with some garlic and lemon butter or perhaps nduja butter (see page 28)—both these butters make a good alternative.
Cooking a scallop in its shell provides a natural “mini pan” to contain any juices that are released, or any sauces/ butters you add. You can place the scallop shell directly on the charcoal to make the most of the searing heat of direct embers. You probably won’t achieve the same seared crust as you would if cooking the scallop on a red-hot plancha or pan, but you get a lovely, juicy cooked scallop (and have no extra pan to wash up).
Chimichurri is mostly associated with beef in its native Argentina, but I find it complements a great number of grilled seafood dishes and vegetables with its punchy herbiness. If you want a delicately sauced dish, this probably isn’t for you, but I love the way a little drizzle of chimichurri works with the sweetness of the scallops. The sorrel in the chimichurri gives a little added lemon zip to the dish. If you can’t find sorrel in your local grocery store, try the herb section of a garden center.
Make the chimichurri in advance by blitzing all the ingredients in a food processor or using a hand blender until you have a coarse chunky paste. Add a little more olive oil, if required. Ensure the scallops are free from their shells using a small sharp knife. Place each scallop in its shell on the embers. Let cook in the shell for a few minutes until you see the juices starting to brown— this is the time to turn the scallop over. Before turning the scallops over (within their shells), drizzle each one with 1 teaspoon of the chimichurri—don’t use too much or you will overpower the sweet scallop. Cook the scallops for a few more minutes, ensuring they do not burn, then serve.
dirty 32
IW_CB1297_Food_Fire_001-144 v2.indd 32
Scallops in the Shell with Sorrel Chimichurri 33
03/01/2019 17:27
IW_CB1297_Food_Fire_001-144 v2.indd 33
03/01/2019 17:27
CB1297 Food & Fire - final
CB1297 Food & Fire - final
Ember-cooked Figs RECOMMENDED HEAT: Good level bed of embers of best-quality lump charcoal or the embers of a hardwood fire. The embers need to be red-hot, so ensure there is enough airflow by cooking without a lid. SERVES 1
2 ripe figs To serve: Salad leaves of your choice 3½oz (100g) feta cheese, crumbled 1 tsp runny honey
Ember-cooked Vegetables
Figs have their own protective skin that makes them perfect for popping straight into the embers, “dirty” style. The skin crisps up and protects the sweet sticky center, the heat caramelizing the sugars to give a wonderfully complex, sweet caramel flavor. You can use the figs in any number of dishes, knowing you have made the best possible use of them. Here, I made a simple salad using the cooked figs, some salty feta cheese, and a drizzle of honey, along with a few salad leaves—something with a little heat or pepperiness works well.
RECOMMENDED HEAT: Good level bed of embers of best-quality lump charcoal in a barbecue or the embers of a hardwood fire (I like to use silver birch). The embers need to be red-hot, so ensure there is enough airflow by cooking without a lid. SERVES 2
2 ripe tomatoes 2 shallots, peeled 1 zucchini (courgette) 1 small eggplant (aubergine) 1 red, orange, and green bell (sweet) pepper, cored and deseeded, but left whole For the chermoula: 2 large garlic cloves 1 red chili pepper Handful of cilantro (fresh coriander) 6 tbsp extra-virgin olive oil 2 tbsp white wine vinegar Juice of 1 lemon 2 tsp paprika 2 tsp ground cumin Pinch of sea salt For the flatbreads: 1 cup (125g) all-purpose (plain) flour, plus extra for dusting 5 tbsp (75ml) warm water ½ tbsp olive oil ½ tsp fine sea salt
Nestle the figs in the embers, pointed end facing up, and leave for 3–4 minutes. Turn the figs over and leave for a few more minutes, or until the skin is slightly charred and blistered. How do you know when the figs are ready? Well, they’ll start to sing a sweet song... you’ll hear them hissing slightly as the juice gets hot and starts to escape. You will also notice a wonderful caramel scent in the air as the sugars in the figs caramelize. Remove the figs from the embers with a pair of tongs, and let cool slightly. Cut the figs in half or into slices, and serve on a platter with the salad leaves, crumbled feta, and a drizzle of runny honey.
dirty 34
IW_CB1297_Food_Fire_001-144 v2.indd 34
Cooking vegetables in the embers of some good-quality lump charcoal or a hardwood fire really intensifies their flavor and adds a wonderful charred element to any dish they are added to. Here, I made some flatbreads to wrap the vegetables in and then added some zingy chermoula.
Make the chermoula in advance by blitzing all the ingredients in a food processor or using a hand blender until you have a loose paste. Add more olive oil, if required. Set aside. To prepare the flatbreads, mix all the ingredients together in a bowl, either by hand or using a food mixer with a dough hook, until you have a smooth dough. Knead the dough for 8–10 minutes. Pop the dough in the bowl, cover with plastic wrap (clingfilm), and let rest for 20–30 minutes at room temperature. Split the dough into four equal pieces. Dust your work surface with a little flour. Roll the pieces of dough into very thin rounds, or whichever shape you prefer, using a rolling pin. Bake the flatbreads on the embers of the barbecue or hardwood fire for a few minutes on each side, or until just charred and crisped up in places. (You can, of course, also use a hot barbecue grill.) Set aside and wrap in a clean dish towel to keep warm. Pop all the vegetables into the embers of the barbecue or hardwood fire. Turn occasionally and set aside when soft and slightly charred. The shallots, zucchini (courgette), and eggplant (aubergine) take the longest to cook—around 10–15 minutes. To serve, slice the cooked vegetables, load into the flatbreads, and drizzle with the chermoula.
Ember-cooked Vegetables 35
03/01/2019 17:27
IW_CB1297_Food_Fire_001-144 v2.indd 35
03/01/2019 17:27
The Curious Barista’s Guide to Coffee Tristan Stephenson The essential compact compendium for the coffee enthusiast. This is the ultimate guide to the history, science and cultural influence of coffee according to coffee aficionado and master storyteller Tristan Stephenson. You’ll explore the origins of coffee before discovering the varieties of coffee and the alchemy responsible for transforming a humble bean into the world’s most popular drink. You’ll learn how to roast coffee at home in the Roasting section before delving into the Science and Flavour of Coffee and finding out how sweetness, bitterness, acidity and aroma all come together. Discover how espresso and milk are a match made in heaven, yielding such treasures as the Flat white, Latte, Cappuccino and Macchiato. Other Brewing Methods features step-by-step guides to classic brewing techniques, from a Moka pot and a French press to Aeropress and Siphon brewing. Finally, why not treat yourself to one of Tristan’s expertly concocted recipes. From an Espresso Martini to a Pumpkin Spice Latte and Coffee Liqueur to Butter Coffee, this is the definitive guide to the extraordinary world of coffee.
Author Details Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Hardback
Tristan Stephenson is an award-winning bar operator, restaurateur, author and co-founder of Fluid Movement, a globally renowned drinks consultancy. His books The Curious Bartender Volume 1: The Artistry & Alchemy of Creating the Perfect Cocktail and The Curious Bartender’s Gin Palace were both shortlisted for the André Simon Award. Tristan lives in Cornwall, UK. You can follow him at @trisstephenson.
Price
AU$22.99
Key Information
ISBN
9781788790833
Publisher
Ryland Peters and Small
Imprint
RPS Books
Series
NA
Category
Food & Drink
Format
186 x 123 mm
Extent
192pp
Illustrations
100 colour illustrations and photos
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
•
A gift edition of the best-selling The Curious Barista's Guide to Coffee, which sold over 42,000 copies worldwide.
•
From the author of The Curious Bartender: Volume I (9781849754378), which sold over 30,000 copies worldwide and was shortlisted for a prestigious André Simon Award. Tristan made the first cup of coffee made from Arabica coffee beans grown in Britain, having grown and harvested the beans from the Rainforest Biome at the Eden Project in Cornwall.
•
Also Available by Tristan Stephenson:
Price
AU$19.99
ISBN
9781788790390
RPS2038 Curious Baristas Coffee- Final
Grind size 1
Description Turkish – the finest coffee your grinder can produce without clogging up.
2
Fine espresso – a very fine grind, probably with some clumping.
3
Espresso – a fine grind,, perhaps with some clumping, particularly when moulded into an espresso portafilter.
4
Fine filter – somewhere e between a filter grind and espresso.
5
Filter – coffee grounds have a caster/superfine e sugar texture, rather the finer powder of espresso.
6
Coarse filter – similar to the fineness of granulated sugar.
7
Coarse – immersion brewing territory, as coarse as large sea saltt flakes.
8
Very coarse – similar to the size of rock salt pieces, this grind is only y used for long immersion on brews.
9
Chunks – large pieces of coffee shrapnel. Too big g for normal brewing.
RPS2038 Curious Baristas Coffee- Final
even possible to draw comparisons eve between identical models of grinder, bet since even minuscule deviations in sinc the manufacture and assembly of the grinder will give rise to a subtle grin reworking of the grind size. In a rew properly equipped lab, it is of course pro possible to measure particle size (in pos microns) and to grade different mic samples accordingly, but for most of sam is not a day-to-day option. us this t In this book, I refer to different degrees of fineness in words that deg describe how they might be used, i.e des filter lte grind, Turkish grind. They are ambiguous phrases, highly inexact am and only a few steps away from being utterly useless – this admission alone utte should illustrate the severity of the sho situation! The table, left, however, situ may ma go some way towards helping you understand your grinder, so that you can get the best results possible in the cup. Please do not take it as t gospel, however; part of the fun of gos making great coffee is tinkering with ma the grinder and analysing the shift in flavour. Note that the table is not av linear, i.e. a coarse filter (6) is not line necessarily the halfway point nec between filter (5) and coarse (7). bet
types of grinder ome grinders are designed for espresso and others for coarserground filter or French press brewing. Espresso grinders tend to be specialists in the realms of fine grinding, allowing for very fine-tuning at the small end of the scale, which enables them to grind very fine coffee impressively well indeed. Grinders intended for grinding filter coffee operate over a much broader range of grind sizes, but tend not to go as fine as an espresso grinder. Some grinders, it seems, can fulfil both roles adequately, although I’d argue that a grinder designed for a specific purpose will generally produce better results than a jack of all trades. Espresso grinders come in two flavours – those with a doser (a lever on a coffee grinder that dispenses [‘doses’] the ground beans), and those that are doser-less. Grinders with dosers were designed so that batches of coffee could be ground all at once, then portioned into a portafilter (the handled part of an espresso machine that holds the filter basket, into which ground coffee is placed) when an order was placed. You’ll recognize them as the grinders that have a paddle or lever on the side. Obviously this is not good practice, as ground coffee should never be left to sit for more than minute or so. On the face of it, the doser-less grinder would appear to be the best choice, since it has fewer moving parts and fewer places to trap coffee grounds, as well as enabling the ground coffee finds its way straight into the portafilter basket ready for brewing. However, many grinders with dosers are now equipped with timers that grind the
S
G R I N D I N G
IW_RPS2038_CBCoffee_082-093_Grinding.indd 90
12/11/2018 09:18
IW_RPS2038_CBCoffee_082-093_Grinding.indd 91
91
12/11/2018 09:18
RPS2038 Curious Baristas Coffee- Final
RPS2038 Curious Baristas Coffee- Final
espresso es martini n a sense, the Martini is to cocktails as the espresso is to coffee. An inconspicuous little package of inco concentrated flavour, loaded with con stimulating effect and wicked intent. stim So I suppose it was inevitable that these the two bastions of psychosomatic alteration should one-day combine alte forces forc to become allies in the fight for a good night out. g That particular treaty was signed in the 1980s, when – so the story goes t – London bartending legend Dick Lo Bradsell, while working at the Soho Bra Brasserie, combined espresso and Bra vodka vod for a female patron. The early version of the cocktail was actually ver called ‘Vodka Espresso’, but as with call many of the cocktails invented in the ma 1980s, it was only a matter of time 198 before it found its way into the iconic bef martini glass and was renamed ma ‘Espresso Martini’. ‘Esp Some versions of this drink include a splash of coffee liqueur – Tia Maria sp or Kahlúa being the usual suspects – K resulting in a corruption of the res original Espresso Martini and a later orig iteration of the drink known as the iter ‘Pharmaceutical Stimulant’. I would ‘Ph argue that there’s no place for a arg liqueur in this cocktail; after all, the liqu sugar sug and espresso components of the cocktail form a pseudo-coffee liqueur anyway. Remember that these liqu off-the-shelf liqueurs are not without offtheir the shortcomings when it comes to flavour, either, so if you must, why av not make your own (see page 166)? If you fancy a twist, try swapping out the vodka for aged 100 per cent agave aga Tequila or rum – Guatemalan rums rum work particularly well. If using rum you may need to drop the sugar slightly to compensate for the slig sweetness of the spirit. swe
I
C O F F E E - B A S E D
IW_RPS2038_CBCoffee_160-181_Recipes.indd 174
19/11/2018 10:23
IW_RPS2038_CBCoffee_160-181_Recipes.indd 175
For the coffee, I suggest going as light as you dare. A Kenyan one with a nice berry aroma has long been my coffee of choice for this drink.
INGREDIENTS SERVES 1 30 g (30 ml/2 tablespoons) fresh espresso 50 g (50 ml/2 fl. oz) vodka (I personally like the creaminess of potato-based vodkas in this drink) 10 g (10 ml/2 teaspoons) sugar syrup (or more if you prefer it sweeter), made with a 2:1 ratio of caster/ granulated sugar to water, heated until the sugar dissolves.
method Add the ingredients to a cocktail shaker filled with ice and shake for at least 10 seconds. Strain into a chilled martini glass.
Note: the classic foam that sits on top of this drink is a result of the carbon dioxide in the espresso forming relatively stable bubbles that are held by the combination of sugar and melanoidins.
D R I N K S
A N D
D E S S E R T S
175
19/11/2018 10:23
RPS2038 Curious Baristas Coffee- Final
RPS2038 Curious Baristas Coffee- Final
iced coffee ll of us have an opinion on what temperature our coffee should be served at. For most, a sensible degree of heat in a filter coffee is just fine. A bit of temperature assists with the volatilization of aromatics in the mouth. Some people aren’t content that their drink is hot enough unless a layer of flesh is stripped from their soft palate. Some, like me, may prefer their coffee slightly cooler, allowing acidity to drop off slightly and body to thicken. Genuinely cold black coffee, though? That is perhaps a stretch for even for the most experimental among us. But in recent years icing up a filter brew has become all the rage when the sun is shining. While the cynic in me sees the iced coffee trend as an essential hot-weather earner for panicked café operators, iced coffee at its best offers a refreshing, low-calorie beverage, with all the delicious characteristics of the coffee that you love. It does taste a bit different, however. The colder our tongues get, the harder it is to detect its sweetness. This phenomenon explains is why ice cream is such a delight straight from the freezer, but nauseatingly sweet once it has melted. It also explains why iced coffee has a more pronounced bitterness and less sweetness to back it up – lending itself well to lighter roasted coffee, where we find that as the sweetness drops off, a clean and crisp ‘bite’ is its replacement. In terms of brewing technique I would recommend using a paper filter or Aeropress and brewing directly onto ice. Ice adds another variable to the mix, and an important one at that.
A
180
I C E D
As your brewed coffee hits the ice, the ice will do what it does so well, and begin to melt. Now, the melt is something that needs consideration n before you brew, since the coffee will become diluted and weaker over time. I’ve heard much discussion on n the ratio of ice to brewing water in the past, but in my opinion it is a moot point. The amount of ice you use makes little difference, since unless it is an inordinately small amount, it is highly unlikely that it will melt in its entirety. Also, the melting g action of the ice will drop off significantly once the coffee is chilled ed to near 0°C/32°F. In an ideal world,, we would calculate the precise amount of meltage expected before e constructing the drink, but this is difficult as it depends on a number of factors: temperature of the ice, temperature of vessel holding the ice, ce, level of insulation provided by the vessel, and whether the coffee/ice mixture is stirred or not. My approach requires some forward planning, but ultimately results in a consistent drink every single time. You see, the only guaranteed way to overcome the uncertainties of dilution from ice is to chill the coffee with more coffee. By y using coffee ice cubes to cool down n your coffee, you can have the best of both worlds, chilling and preserving g the strength of the beverage at the e same time! Oh, and if you’re going to the trouble of making coffee ice cubes, be sure to try them with your ur favourite whiskies, rums and Tequilas! as!
SERVES ER 1 420 g (420 ml/14 fl. oz) black coffee (bre (brewed with a paper filter [see pages 142 142–145) or an Aeropress [see pages 148 148–151)
D the coffee into ice-cube 1 Decant trays. tray Cover the trays and allow to coo then place in the freezer for at cool, leas 12 hours. least C O F F E E - B A S E D
19/11/2018 10:23
2 Repeat step 1, scaling the recipe up to the desired quantity, but bearing in mind that the size of the finished drink will increase by at least 50 per cent as the ice melts. 3 Measure 100 g/3 1⁄2 oz of coffee ice-cubes for every 100 g (100 ml/ 3 1⁄2 fl oz) of hot-brewed coffee that you have made.
method met
C O F F E E
IW_RPS2038_CBCoffee_160-181_Recipes.indd 180
INGREDIENTS ING
IW_RPS2038_CBCoffee_160-181_Recipes.indd 181
4 Add the ice cubes to the brewed coffee, then stir for 60 seconds to chill.
D R I N K S
A N D
D E S S E R T S
181
19/11/2018 10:23
RPS2038 Curious Baristas Coffee- Final
Panama itself, the country is becoming popular with American citizens wanting to purchase a holiday home, a development that threatens to chew away at coffeeproducing farmland in what is ironically one of the best producing countries in the world. In response to this, total production has dropped by 15 per cent in the past three years.
Paraguay A relatively small player in the coffee game, Paraguay generally turns out no more than 20,000 60-kg/130-lb) bags in a year, which is less than even some middle-sized estates in neighbouring Brazil. This hasn’t always been the case. Output peaked in the 1970s and then dwindled until the coffee crisis of the 1980s, when it dropped off a cliff. What little coffee is still grown tends to be along the Brazilian border. Transport difficulties, minimal governmental support and poor infrastructure mean that the standard is fairly poor.
Peru Small farms, mostly organic soils and high altitudes are the main themes in Peruvian coffee production. Peru produces some of the cheapest organic arabica on the market and the quality and consistency of these coffees are improving, too – an excellent trend, since Peru has the potential to produce some outstanding coffees. The biggest growing region is in the north, in Cajamarca state, which accounts for around 70 per cent of all the Peruvian arabica, and, considering that Peru is the ninth biggest coffee-growing nation in the world, that’s quite a lot. Inconsistencies aside, Peruvian coffee is generally light, very bright, clean and sweet, but occasionally lacking in powerful fruitiness.
194
T H E
Puerto Rico Coffee cultivation is becoming increasingly scarce in Puerto Rico, and the Caribbean island now stands ds as one of the smallest producers in the world, filling only 700 bags in the he 2013 harvest – small enough not to feature in some official statistics. The he reasons for this drop are numerous,, including the rising costs of seeds and fertilizer, but a crucial factor is the lack of pickers, which means that at over a third of the ripe coffee cherries ries are never even picked.
Venezuela Very little coffee actually leaves Venezuela. Annual production during ng the past 30 years has held firm at around one million bags, but more and more of it has been destined for or domestic consumption. This is mostly tly a consequence of the strict regulations imposed by the Chávez z government in 2003, which saw exports drop from 50 per cent to 2 per cent of the annual crop over the period from the early 1990s to present day. As such, Venezuelan coffees are not easy to come by.
RPS2038 Curious Baristas Coffee- Final
asia as and australasia Australia Aus Apart Apa from the state of Hawaii, Australia is the only economically Aus advanced country that grows coffee adv commercially. The amount is tiny, com however, and it consists entirely of how modern arabica varieties. The cost of mo labour labo in Australia is much higher than tha that in less developed countries, meaning that the coffee, which is me grown in high-altitude areas along the gro eastern coast, is mostly harvested eas mechanically. me
China Chi Coffee Cof is not a huge part of China’s economy, but the industry there is eco growing year by year, producing gro 82,000 tons in 2013. This figure is 82,0 expected to increase by 50 per cent exp in the next five years as new parts of t the Yunnan province (famous for its Pu’er Pu’ tea) in the south are made available for coffee crops, but the ava infrastructure will need to see some infr improvements in order to handle it. imp Arabica coffee from Yunnan is, like Ara the tea, savoury, nutty and of low acidity, produced from mostly acid catimor, bourbon and typica varieties. cat
India Ind Like some of the other Asian producing countries, India produces pro a large quantity of robusta coffee as la well wel as higher-quality arabicas. The growing region is in the south, gro whereas the tea tends to be grown whe further north, where the climate is furt slightly cooler. One type of coffee slig that tha will always be associated with India Ind is Monsoon Malabar, whose name nam refers to the practice of wetting the green coffee so that it swells – something that used to happen som
A M E R I C A S
IW_RPS2038_CBCoffee_182-208_Appendix_End.indd 194
naturally during the wet months of the year. The process is done with natural coffee and has the effect of amplifying the already wild and heavy character traits of the style. Goodquality arabicas from India are beginning to appear and the industry is exploring a wide range of varieties.
Indonesia Indonesia was one of the very first countries to grow coffee commercially, preceded only by Yemen. The country consists of a multitude of islands and it doesn’t take long to discover that each island has its own interpretation of the Indonesian style – best demonstrated in such famous producing regions as Java, Sumatra and Sulawesi, which collectively account for over seven per cent of the world’s total coffee production, placing Indonesia third in the running order. Many of the arabica varieties here are subjected to a pulped-natural process, known locally as giling basah, typically culminating in a deep, earthy, lowacidity style, and it can perform nicely as part of an espresso blend. The better (washed) coffees from Sulawesi exhibit more of a spicy, fruity character, but retain the Indonesian heavy body.
Nepal Although Nepal produced no more than 5,000 60-kg/130-lb bags of arabica coffee in 2013, this was almost double the amount of the previous year and ten times that produced 20 years ago, indicating that output may continue to grow in future. In recent years, many farmers have been attracted to coffee, which can earn them up to three times as A P P E N D I X
19/11/2018 10:30
IW_RPS2038_CBCoffee_182-208_Appendix_End.indd 195
195
19/11/2018 10:30
Are You Afraid of the Dark Rum? and Other Cocktails for ’90s Kids Sam Slaughter A cocktail book with recipes for re-creating adult versions of your favourite '90s childhood drinks as well as original craft cocktails inspired by that iconic decade, Are You Afraid of the Dark Rum? is '90s nostalgia in a glass! Are You Afraid of the Dark Rum? is a tongue in cheek cocktail book for the former '90s kid and those just discovering how cool old-school Nickelodeon and Delia's once were. With recipes for alcoholic versions of childhood favourites like Ecto-Cooler and Mondo as well as creative pop-culture inspired originals like the Rum and Stimpy and Semi-Warmed Kind of Cider, this is a perfectly giftable mix of humour, nostalgia, and tasty recipes.
Author Details Publication
01 July 2019
Sam Slaughter is a Spirits Editor for the men’s lifestyle magazine, The Manual. He loves playing with puppies and a good glass of bourbon.
Binding
Paperback
Key Information
Price
AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99
ISBN
9781449491567
Publisher
AMP
Imprint
Andrews McMeel Books
Series
NA
Category
Food & Drink
Format
178 x 140 mm
Extent
128pp
Illustrations
Full colour photography
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
•
• •
As the lead spirits editor of The Manual, Slaughter has access to the magazine's media platform, which includes a website that pulls in over 125,000 monthly page reviews, and a social following that’s just as impressive (Facebook, 408k+, Twitter, 56.6k+, Instagram, 31.5k+), and a newsletter with over 30,000 daily subscribers. The millennial generation, now all of drinking age, will especially appreciate this book for its nostalgic factor as well as its references to 80s and 90s pop culture. A perfectly giftable mix of humour, nostalgia, and tasty recipes.
22 | ARE YOU AFRAID OF THE DARK RUM?
THE FRESH M INT OF BEL-AIR 2 STRAWBERRIES 2 OUNCES BOMBAY SAPPHIRE GIN .75 OUNCE SIMPLE SYRUP (SEE PAGE 110) .75 OUNCE LIME JUICE ICE-COLD PROSECCO MINT LEAF, FOR GARNISH
Now this is a story all about how this cocktail got flipped turned upside down. And I’d like to take a minute just sit right there and I’ll tell you all about how to make The Fresh Mint of Bel-Air. In Bloomfield, New Jersey, born and raised, in a shaker is where it spent most of its days. Chillin’ out, mixin’ up, dilutin’ all cool, shaking some citrus, not making a mule . . . you get the idea.
METHOD: Muddle the strawberries in the bottom of a cocktail shaker. Add the gin, simple syrup, and lime juice, and shake. Double strain into a coupe glass and top with the prosecco. Put a mint leaf between your palms and slap ’em together. Use the mint leaf to garnish.
AreYouAfraid_TEXT.indd 22
1/29/19 11:16 AM
The house used in the TV show The Fresh Prince of Bel-Air was actually located in Brentwood, not Bel-Air.
AreYouAfraid_TEXT.indd 23
1/29/19 11:16 AM
AreYouAfraid_TEXT.indd 24
1/29/19 11:16 AM
RECIPES | 25
JUICE BOX ICED TEA 2 OUNCES BOURBON .5 OUNCE LIMONCELLO .25 OUNCE SIMPLE SYRUP (SEE PAGE 110) ORANGE BITTERS LEMON SLICE, FOR GARNISH
I knew I hit the jackpot when I got a Ssips Iced Tea for lunch when I was a kid. These were my absolute favorite. The mix of almost-iced-tea flavor, lemon, and of course, lots of sugar was just what I needed to get through the doldrums of the school day. Sure, that energy was just a sugar rush, but I’m fairly certain, thanks to packaged foods, that most of us spent at least half of the ’90s riding a sugar high. Using bourbon as the backbone for this drink, you’ll still get the lemony, sugary flavor you would in the original but with significantly less sugar.
METHOD: Add the bourbon, limoncello, simple syrup, and bitters to a mixing glass with ice and stir well. Strain into a rocks glass with a large ice cube in it. Garnish with the lemon slice. If you’ve got any extra tiny straws lying around, feel free to sip through that.
AreYouAfraid_TEXT.indd 25
1/29/19 11:16 AM
AreYouAfraid_TEXT.indd 34
1/29/19 11:16 AM
RECIPES | 35
PICKLEODEON 2.5 OUNCES BLACK PEPPER-INFUSED WHISKEY (SEE PAGE 112) 1 OUNCE DILL PICKLE JUICE BABY DILL PICKLE OR PICKLE SLICE, FOR GARNISH
There was no more iconic network for most ’90s kids than Nickelodeon. From Rugrats, Ren & Stimpy, and Nick Arcade to The Wild Thornberrys and All That, Nickelodeon was the visual lifeline of our childhoods. This drink is strong and salty, just like my memories of trying and failing to impress Summer Sanders enough to get me on Figure It Out.
METHOD: Shake the whiskey and pickle juice together and strain into a martini glass. Garnish with the baby dill pickle or pickle slice (the whole baby dill will give more of a crunch). TIP: Want to do this like a shot? Just keep the whiskey and the juice separate (and cut the whiskey back to 2 ounces). Drink the whiskey and follow it up with the pickle juice.
AreYouAfraid_TEXT.indd 35
1/29/19 11:16 AM
Piled-high Potatoes Delicious and nutritious ways to enjoy the humble baked potato Hannah Miles The ultimate in easy comfort food, the baked potato, with crispy skins piled high with delicious toppings, is a perennially popular dinner.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Hardback
Price
AU$22.99
ISBN
9781788790826
Publisher
Ryland Peters and Small
Imprint Series
Piled-high Potatoes includes not only the best classic potato fillings but also new and creative ways to elevate the simple spud to a dish you could happily serve for family and friends. There are Veggie toppings such as Three Bean Vegan Chilli with Charred Corn or Mushrooms and Tofu with Miso Dressing. Recipes from the Fish chapter range from Mackerel and Horseradish to Maryland Crab. Meat Feasts include Steak and Grilled Cheese or Bacon, Brie and Cranberry or try International toppings such as Tzatziki with Roasted Beetroot and Mint or Saag Paneer with a spiced potato rub. Finishing off with Beyond Baked there’s a Giant Hasselback Baked Potato or Florentine eggs baked in skins. Whether you are eating on your own or cooking for friends, this book contains every baked potato recipe you will ever need.
Author Details
RPS Books
A lawyer and MasterChef finalist, Hannah Miles has developed a second career as a cake maker and food writer. She is the author of Popcorn Treats (9781849752008), Milkshake Bar (9781849751919), Doughnuts (9781849752510), Cheesecake (9781849753524), Sweetie Pie (9781849756105) and Naked Cakes (9781849755993) – all published by Ryland Peters & Small. Hannah lives in the UK but is a regular visitor to Brooklyn, NY, where her brother and his young family enjoy discovering new griddle joints to share with her.
NA
Key Information
Food & Drink
•
Format
210 x 170 mm
•
Extent
144pp
•
Illustrations
80 colour photographs
•
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
Category
55 recipes for fabulous fillings from BBQ Beans to Creole Shrimp. Everyone’s favourite go-to dinner taken to the next level. The ideal gift for a student or anyone on a budget. Delicious and nutritious ways to serve sustaining suppers.
The CBD Kitchen Over 50 plant-based recipes for tonics, easy meals, treats & skincare made with the goodness extracted from hemp Leah Vanderveldt CBD oil (or cannabidiol) has become hugely popular thanks to its powerful anti-inflammatory properties, which can help to alleviate a multitude of physical and mental ailments. Here, wellness expert Leah Vanderveldt demystifies the science and offers over 50 plant-based recipes with CBD.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback with Flaps
Price
AU$29.99
CBD oil (or cannabidiol) is receiving huge attention from mainstream media for its anti-inflammatory effects which may help to improve our brain health, alleviate anxiety, headaches, and arthritis. CBD comes from the cannabis plant, but unlike the stuff you smoke, CBD contains only trace amounts of THC, the psychoactive chemical of the plant that gets you high. It has the relaxing, anti-inflammatory benefits of the cannabis plant without making you feel weird. Leah Vanderveldt has taken CBD oil for over a year and is convinced it has helped her with anxiety, pain and to improve sleep. Her easy recipes include smoothies, teas and coffees, snacks and desserts, light savoury meals, and even mocktails and cocktails, plus CBD skin care such as an anti-inflammatory face mask and a coconut oil moisturiser.
Author Details
ISBN
9781788791120
Publisher
Ryland Peters and Small
Imprint
RPS Books
Leah Vanderveldt is a food writer and recipe developer in the health and wellness space. She began her career at Condé Nast, working for Vogue and Vanity Fair. When she moved to Sydney, Australia, Leah went on to become the food editor at health and wellness website, MindBodyGreen where she developed whole-food recipes and edited content on nutrition. She is certified in Culinary Nutrition from the Natural Gourmet Institute in New York City.
Series
NA
Key Information
Category
Food & Drink
•
CBD comes from the cannabis plant but it is legal in all the US states where medical marijuana is legal.
Format
235 x 190 mm
•
Extent
128pp
Illustrations
50 colour photographs
CBD is currently a huge media story with claims that it is capable of relieving conditions as disparate as depression, arthritis and diabetes. Leah Vanderveldt has used CBD for over a year and her experiences are documented in MindBodyGreen.com – her cookbook will be welcomed by the many users and fans of CBD worldwide.
Age Range
NA
Terms
FS
•
The Natural Home Creative interiors inspired by the beauty of the natural world Hans Blomquist The Natural Home is a place where natural materials and motifs are the key elements of a decorating style that is a joy to live with and a joy to behold. Influential art director and stylist Hans Blomquist starts off by exploring the essence of his style. Firstly, Plants and Flowers celebrates the beauty of nature, botanical prints and pictures, and the cycles of the natural world. Display reveals Hans’ passion for creating vignettes that showcase treasured pieces, while Colour presents his favourite earthy palette, which provides the perfect muted backdrop for hits of brighter natural hues. In Texture, he revels in the textures and patinas of natural materials – scuffed wood, frayed rope, beaten metal and bare stone. Finally, Hans shows how to use Fabrics to bring warmth and softness to any interior. In the second part of the book, The Natural Homes, through a series of case studies, Hans explores houses and apartments that showcase the beautiful simplicity and elegance of the natural look.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Hardback
Author Details
Price
AU$49.99
ISBN
9781788790857
Hans Blomquist is an art director, stylist and photographer who is highly sought after by many prestigious brands. His clients include Harrods, Marks & Spencer, John Lewis, H&M, West Elm, Anthropologie and IKEA and his other books are In Detail and In the Mood for Colour (also Ryland Peters & Small). Hans lives in Paris and works all over the world.
Publisher
Ryland Peters and Small
Imprint
RPS Books
•
A new edition of the original bestselling title (ISBN 9781849752138), which has sold more than 26,500 copies worldwide.
Series
NA
•
Category
Home Design
Format
254 x 216 mm
An evocative and painterly look that is built around Hans’ love of nature, atmospheric displays and quirky yet comfortable interiors. Taps into the current trend for living and decorating with house plants and all things botanical.
Extent
160pp
Illustrations
230 full colour photography
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
Key Information
•
Also Available by Hans Blomquist:
Price
AU$55.00
Price
AU$55.00
ISBN
9781849757553
ISBN
9781849755511
Small Space Style Clever Ideas for Compact Interiors Sara Emslie These days, space is a precious commodity. Small Space Style is an inspiring guide to making the most of even the tiniest home. Sara Emslie embraces the positive aspects of living in a compact home and explores design and style solutions to the practical issues of living with limited space. In the first chapter, Elements of Design, Sara tackles clever design and planning details and discusses how to make the most of any small home. Then, in Elements of Style, she gives thought to decorating solutions and style ideas for a compact interior, considering storage, furniture and display. Next, Sara visits a variety of real-life beautifully small spaces, taking an in-depth look at imaginative treatments for pocket-sized interiors and showcasing tiny homes with lots of character. These include a terraced 'two-up, two-down' worker’s cottage, a miniscule Parisian pied-à-terre, a tiny studio apartment with a clever mezzanine that incorporates a bathroom and a pint-sized coastal hideaway. Each case study has a detailed floor plan and measurements.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Hardback
Author Details
Price
AU$45.00
ISBN
9781788790901
Publisher
Ryland Peters and Small
Sara Emslie is a London-based interiors stylist, writer and ceramicist whose work appears in titles such as World of Interiors, Homes and Gardens, Living Etc, Red magazine, YOU magazine and the Daily Telegraph. Her simple, relaxed style is also in demand with major commercial clients. Sara’s other book is the bestselling Urban Pioneer (also Ryland Peters & Small). She lives in a truly tiny home in Richmond, Surrey.
Imprint
RPS Books
Key Information
Series
NA
•
Category
Home Design
Format
254 x 216 mm
Extent
160pp
Illustrations
200 colour photographs
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
• •
Small Space Style comes at a time when soaring property prices mean that many of us are being compromised on the amount of space we can afford to buy or rent. Meanwhile, the trend for downsizing means that many people no longer want the responsibilities that come with larger properties. Packed with specially commissioned photography of stylish small-space homes. Sara proves that even the tiniest of spaces can be beautiful, comfortable and a joy to inhabit if you make good use of the space you have available.
Wabi-Sabi Home Finding beauty in imperfection Mark Bailey and Sally Bailey Wabi-Sabi Home is a look that’s rough around the edges and sees the beauty in imperfection but is at the same time creative, modern and brave. Wabi-sabi is the Japanese ancient philosophy of finding beauty in the imperfect and embracing the humble. It is not a decorating style, but a concept that celebrates the imperfect, the transient and the time-worn. Wabi-sabi is alive and well in many Japanese homes, where frayed, weathered and worn items are treasured, and modest, everyday objects are given elevated status by being displayed in a measured way. In Wabi-Sabi Home, Mark and Sally Bailey visit homeowners all over the world who understand that battered, scuffed, peeling and handmade objects are not just beautiful but preferable to pristine ones, because they bring a place to life, and make it feel homely and personal. Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Hardback
Price
AU$45.00
ISBN
9781788790918
Publisher
Ryland Peters and Small
Imprint
RPS Books
Series
NA
Category
Home Design
Format
280 x 220 mm
Extent
208pp
Illustrations
Full colour photography
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
This book is divided into five chapters that each expand upon an element of the Wabi-sabi home: textiles, textures, colours, handmade pieces and collections. Each chapter considers how to incorporate these features into your own space and focuses on a single home that encapsulates these ideas and reveals the satisfying and authentic beauty in imperfection.
Author Details Mark and Sally Bailey have been evolving their unique style for more than 35 years, both in their home and at their concept store Baileys Home, in the heart of the UK countryside. Their previous books are Recycled Home , Simple Home , Handmade Home, Imperfect Home and Made of Wood (all Ryland Peters & Small). Mark and Sally live in Herefordshire, UK.
Key Information • •
From award-winning retailers Mark and Sally Bailey of Baileys Home Store, who are renowned for their simple, honest and utilitarian aesthetic. Previous books include Recycled Home (9781849758796, 23,730 copies sold worldwide) and Simple Home (9781849758031, 23,224 copies sold worldwide).
Also Available by Mark and Sally Bailey:
Price
AU$59.99
Price
AU$44.99
Price
AU$45.00
ISBN
9781849755504
ISBN
9781849758796
ISBN
9781788790222
Wooden Furniture Hacks Over 20 step-by-step projects for a unique and stylish home Hester van Overbeek Discover how to update and repurpose wooden furniture and homeware for an effortlessly chic home. Nowadays, it is easy to find affordable furniture for your home from chain stores, but those pieces can lack character. This is where furniture hacking comes in – updating, repurposing and personalising to create stylish, unique masterpieces. Hester van Overbeek shows you 23 ways to update your wooden furniture and home accessories, all with step-by-step photos to guide you along the way. Projects range from simpler ideas, such as a table made from stacked old magazines, to larger pieces like the window shutters, which you can create for a fraction of the price it would cost to buy them new. Discover how to make your own four-poster bed by combining a budget bed base and pieces of reclaimed wood, or convert a bookcase into a sideboard. There are five chapters covering the main areas of the home – Living Room, Kitchen and Dining Room, Bedroom, Home Office, and Outdoor Space. Hester’s philosophy is that you don’t need much money or many DIY skills to make your house into a cosy, stylish home. With the right inspiration, you can create something beautiful.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback with Flaps
Author Details
Price
AU$29.99
ISBN
9781782497202
Publisher
CICO
Imprint
Cico Books
Hester van Overbeek is a passionate crafter, who has always had a keen interest in interior design. Her website (www.hestershandmadehome.com) features craft tutorial videos and interior tips, and Hester’s work is often found in magazines such as Reloved, Ideal Home, and Mollie Makes. Hester is also the author of Pallet Projects for Outdoor Spaces, Made with Salvaged Wood, Making Concrete Pots, Bowls, and Platters, and Crafting with Mason Jars and other Glass Containers, all published by CICO Books. Hester is based in Ramsgate, Kent, UK.
Series
NA
Key Information
Category
Home Design
Format
235 x 190 mm
Extent
112pp
Illustrations
Full colour photography
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
•
Hacking your furniture is hugely popular, as people strive to give their homes individuality while also saving money.
•
You can adapt the designs and methods to furniture you already have for a quick and easy makeover. Projects use simple craft and basic DIY techniques, which are all explained clearly, so anyone can have a go.
•
Also Available:
Price
AU$34.99
ISBN
9781782494140
CB1299 Furniture Hacks - Final Text
wallpaper
CB1299 Furniture Hacks - Final Text
canvas
Large statement paintings can really make a room, but they come at a cost—so wouldn’t it be good to make something yourself for a fraction of the price? The artwork I made here is huge, but you can scale it down. You could create a collection of small canvases and display them close together as a collage, make a medium-sized one for a small wall, or go even bigger than I did for massive impact. This project is a great way to use up leftover rolls of wallpaper—the end result looks impressive but is easy to make, just the way we like it!
you will need
Creating the frame
• wooden batten, length depending on the size of your canvas • measuring tape • saw • miter box • wood glue • wood screws • screwdriver • canvas or other sturdy fabric (see tip on page 12), slightly larger than your frame • staple gun • wallpaper paste • wallpapering brush • leftover roll of wallpaper • wallpaper smoother • scissors • picture frame D rings and screws
10
1
Decide on the dimensions for your canvas (make sure that you have enough fabric and wallpaper to cover the whole frame and to wrap around the sides) and cut your batten accordingly. For my canvas, I cut two 71 in (180cm) lengths and two 59 in (150cm) lengths.
2
Cut four corner pieces to stabilize the frame. I used up offcuts so they are slightly different lengths, but aim for an approximate length of 8 in (20cm). You will need to mitercut the ends of the offcuts, as they have to be at a 45-degree angle (see page 105). Make sure that the two ends of each offcut are sawn in opposing directions in order to butt up to the frame—see photo.
Living Room
IW CB1299 Furniture Hacks 010-017.indd 10
02/01/2019 15:57
IW CB1299 Furniture Hacks 010-017.indd 11
02/01/2019 15:57
CB1299 Furniture Hacks - Final Text
CB1299 Furniture Hacks - Final Text
3
Start sticking lengths of tape to your drawer, making different sized triangles, squares, and other geometric shapes.
4
Press the tape on by sliding your finger over it. Washi tape is made from paper and sometimes needs a little help adhering correctly.
5
Cut the ends of the tape in neat straight lines for a professional finish.
6
Simply repeat the process on the remaining drawers, using different colored tapes to complete your design.
IW CB1299 Furniture Hacks 018-027.indd 26
02/01/2019 16:01
IW CB1299 Furniture Hacks 018-027.indd 27
02/01/2019 16:01
CB1299 Furniture Hacks - Final Text
I n s t a n td a t e Up Driftwood door handles
you will need
• driftwood, ideally straight pieces a minimum of 6 in (15cm) long • screwdriver
CB1299 Furniture Hacks - Final Text
Change the look of your cupboards in less than an hour simply by replacing the old handles with pieces of driftwood. You can, of course, scour the beach for suitable pieces, which would make a fun day out, but the other option is to look online. eBay is a great place to find driftwood that has already dried out and been debugged, as doing this yourself will take time. I ordered pieces approximately 6 in (15cm) in length, so all my handles are roughly the same size. Driftwood is very brittle which means you might have to replace or reattach any well-used handles after six months or so.
3
Place a screw in the hole on the reverse side of the door and screw into the piece of driftwood.
1 Carefully
unscrew the old cupboard handles. You may be able to reuse the screws to attach the new handles.
• wood screws
4
2 Select
That’s it, your handle is attached! It really couldn’t be any easier.
a piece of driftwood that fits neatly over the existing screw holes in the door.
36
Kitchen and Dining Room
IW CB1299 Furniture Hacks 030-049.indd 36
02/01/2019 16:09
IW CB1299 Furniture Hacks 030-049.indd 37
02/01/2019 16:09
CB1299 Furniture Hacks - Final Text
CB1299 Furniture Hacks - Final Text
3
Give the chair its first coat of paint. I used coral pink on the back rest and white on the legs. There is no need to paint the entire seat, as this will be covered by fabric, but continue the paint around the base of the backrest spokes. Let the paint dry thoroughly, then give your chair a second coat. Apply a third coat if necessary.
8 Fold
9 Drape
10 Fold
11 For
the batting under the chair and staple securely in place.
your fabric over the seat. If using a patterned fabric like mine, make sure you position the fabric so that the design or writing is centered. Trim the fabric so that it covers the seat and sides, with a 3 in (7.5cm) overhang.
4
When the paint has dried, if you wish, apply a coat of varnish to protect your paintwork and give the chair a nice shine. Making the cushion
5 For
a well-padded seat, use thick batting and fold it over several times.
40
6
Drape a longer piece of batting over the folded piece—this needs to be large enough to wrap over to the underside of the chair seat.
the fabric over to hide the raw edges and secure in place with the staple gun. Try to make the edges as neat as possible.
7
Starting from the back of the chair, staple the batting in place using a staple gun.
Kitchen and Dining Room
IW CB1299 Furniture Hacks 030-049.indd 40
a professional finish, cover the staples on the chair seat with a row of upholstery nails. To avoid hammer marks on the white nails, place a piece of fabric between the nail and the hammer.
Updated Chair
02/01/2019 16:10
IW CB1299 Furniture Hacks 030-049.indd 41
41
02/01/2019 16:10
Colourmorphia Celebrating Kerby Rosanes' Colouring Challenges Kerby Rosanes A selection of the most striking images taken from the bestselling “Morphia” series have been gathered together along with a selection of coloured pieces to celebrate the talent of Kerby Rosanes and his fans. Containing a full-colour section displaying the most accomplished, completed artworks produced by Kerby’s fans, along with stylistic comments and opinions from Kerby. The beautiful artworks displayed in the colour section are also included in the black and white section of the book, so you can take inspiration from the colouristas and bring your own images to life. Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781912785056
Publisher
Michael O'Mara Books
Imprint Series Category
Michael O'Mara NA Child Novelty
Format
250 x 250 mm
Extent
96pp
Illustrations
Colour and b&w illustrations
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
Author Details Philippines-based illustrator Kerby Rosanes is steadily building his reputation with his unique style of intricate drawings. Working mainly with ordinary black pens, Kerby's art is characterised by whimsical lines, patterns and doodle creatures which are combined to create massive compositions. He recently left his job as a graphic designer in a local company to finally pursue his passion: creating more art for personal projects and for various clients, and collaborating with other artists and design agencies around the world. Kerby's colouring and doodling books, Animorphia, Imagimorphia, Mythomorphia, Fantomorphia and Geomorphia published by LOM ART (Michael O'Mara), have been hugely successful. Check out his website at www.kerbyrosanes.com and subscribe to his sensational 'Sketchy Stories' on facebook: https://www.facebook.com/sketchystoriesblog
Key Information • • • •
This book is another celebration of the talent of Kerby Rosanes. Containing a 16-page, full-colour section displaying the most accomplished, completed artworks produced by Kerby’s fans, along with stylistic comments and opinions from Kerby. The artworks displayed in the colour section are also included in the black and white section of the book to give colourists the opportunity to duplicate the approach. Including show-stopping images such as the bear from Animorphia and the steampunk cat from Fantomorphia.
Also Available in This Series:
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781910552926
ISBN
9781910552070
ISBN
9781910552148
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$21.99
ISBN
9781910552261
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781910552865
COLOURMORPHIA SPREADS .indd 4-5
04/01/2019 15:56
Galactic Bear – Creating Your Own Backgrounds (previous page) Coloured by Sarah a.k.a @thai.lyss
This image has been coloured with great precision using professional, high-quality colouring pencils. Special care has been given to the bear’s fur, making sure that it has a realistic shine. A great way to create this effect is to first study some photographs of fur, or look at it in real life. You can examine the texture, the way it falls and how it captures the light. In this image, the ripples of light falling across the bear’s head have been coloured in a combination of golden and reddish browns, creating a lustrous, silky appearance. The colourist has also drawn a night-sky background, completely of her own creation, with
accents in black and white marker pen. This is an imaginative way to combine colouring with her own drawing skills. The background is awash with starry details and, rather than opting for a solid black background that might flatten the effect of the image, a subtle texture has been added, using rich, dark indigos and blues. Doing so gives the impression of a deep, nebulous sky. In contrast to these deep blues and the bear’s brown fur, the colourist has completed the ‘alien’ characters in hot pinks and burnt oranges. These are playful, bright colours that highlight the quirky, fun nature of the images.
Dark Raven – A Masterclass in Graduated Blending (facing page)
Coloured by Marjorie Rappillard a.k.a @marj.0rie
Using directional blending techniques – graduating from dark edges through to a light centre – the colourist has created a sense of depth in this image. She has used this technique in between and on the foliage, creating depth and pockets of illuminated space. Blending and graduating from dark to lighter tones is achieved using high-quality colouring pencils, layering different shades of colour and alternating pressure on the pencil. To create this effect, first decide in which direction you wish your tones to graduate and start at the darkest end. Create very dark areas by using a dark colour and pressing firmly on the page. For light areas use a lighter shade of pencil and press gently. This colourist has chosen shades of blue and purple as her main colour themes, with pops of brighter pinks and oranges to contrast.
COLOURMORPHIA SPREADS .indd 6-7
To create a seamless effect, from dark to light, gradually layer and overlap each new shade, paying attention to where the shades meet. You can use a colourless blending pencil, or rub some paper towel over the top, to help bleed the colours into one another. In this image, notice how the colourist has placed dark areas next to light ones. This ensures no element of the detail gets lost – dark purple and hot pink leaves sit on top of pale blue backgrounds. The outer edges of each leaf are deliberately coloured dark or pale to stand out against the surrounding areas. These techniques serve to draw the eye into the glowing focal point of the picture – the fiery orange eye and beak of the raven.
04/01/2019 15:56
A Clockwork Cat – The Beauty of Simplicity (this page) Coloured by Izabela Szadkowska a.k.a @issa_bella03
Though only two main colour choices – blues and golden oranges – have been used for this piece, it is nevertheless vibrant and rich with the different tonal qualities of these shades. Blue and orange sit opposite each other on the colour wheel and so are complementary to one another. This means that they have the effect of creating a vibrant contrast. If the colourist had chosen only blues and purples, for example, the effect would not be so striking. This image is also an excellent example of how very slight tonal shifts can suggest completely different surfaces and textures. By adding dashes of red and hot oranges, she has created the fiery, glossy fur of a ginger cat. By making use of yellows and umber, with skilful graduated blending, she has given the mechanical, metallic elements on the page an authentic, brassy glow. This picture is evidence that you don’t need hundreds of colours to create stunning results; a limited number of colours can be skilfully manipulated to achieve the desired effect.
COLOURMORPHIA SPREADS .indd 16-17
lou ri n g o C
S e ction
04/01/2019 15:57
COLOURMORPHIA SPREADS .indd 18-19
04/01/2019 15:57
Folded Book Art 35 beautiful projects to transform your books — create cards, display scenes, decorations, gifts, and more Clare Youngs Create a fantastic world of delight with these 35 inspiring projects – all made from old books!
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback with Flaps
Follow Clare Youngs' simple step-by-step projects to make a huge variety of creative book art projects. In the first chapter, Folding Books, get folding and make a beautiful bird, a sailor’s knot and a shining star, they look impressive but are deceptively simple to make. In Chapter 2, Making Scenes, you will learn how to cut and glue splendid scenes such as tiny paper mushrooms and ferns under a glass bell jar, a fairytale castle and a tiger in the jungle, all of which would make great gifts, or just keep and display them all yourself! Chapter 3, Refashioned Pages, has ideas for transforming the pages cut from books – make greeting cards, a botanical print lampshade and hanging birds. All the projects have helpful step-by-step instructions and illustrations so all you need are a few old books and you are ready to start!
Author Details
Price
AU$29.99
ISBN
9781782497196
Clare Youngs studied graphic design and has worked in packaging design, illustration and book jacket design. Her other books include Book Art, Mobile Art, Wall Art, Make Your Own Woodland Creatures, A Year in Crafts, Letter Art and Folk Art Needlecraft (all published by CICO Books). She is based in Broadstairs, Kent.
Publisher
CICO
Key Information
Imprint
Cico Books
Series Category Format
235 x 190 mm
Extent
128pp
Illustrations
200 colour photographs and artworks
Age Range
NA
Terms
FS
•
Get creative and recycle your old books into an array of beautiful paper crafts.
NA
•
Craft
•
35 fabulous step-by-step projects, suitable for beginners as well as more experienced crafters. Book Art (9781908170927), also by Clare Youngs, has sold nearly 9,000 copies worldwide.
Disney Dreams Collection Thomas Kinkade Studios Disney Princess Coloring Book Thomas Kinkade Disney Dreams Collection Thomas Kinkade Studios Disney Princess Colouring Book captures the timeless magic of classic Disney stories while allowing readers to create their own interpretations. In this extraordinary Disney Princess colouring book, sixteen scenes from Thomas Kinkade's Disney Dreams Collection are presented in black line art. Enter the world of the esteemed Painter of Light as you create your own removable renditions of these paintings, inspired by classic Disney movies like Snow Whiteand the Seven Dwarfs, Beauty and the Beast, and Sleeping Beauty. Publication
01 July 2019
Author Details
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$35.00 | NZ$40.00
ISBN
9781449497071
Thomas Kinkade is one of the most popular painters in the world. A devout Christian and accomplished modern-day impressionist, Kinkade has won numerous awards for his art. The Thomas Kinkade Studio continues on the path that Thomas Kinkade himself started and developed. Thomas Kinkade Studio Artists paint in the true Thomas Kinkade style with great attention to detail and an overwhelming appreciation of the way a picture can tell a great story.
Publisher
AMP
Key Information
Imprint
Andrews McMeel Books
•
Thomas Kinkade calendars are consistently among the top 10 best-selling calendars in the United States.
Series
NA
•
Category
Puzzles & Games
Format
356 x 279 mm
It is estimated that 1 in 10 homes in the United States features some form of Thomas Kinkade's art or licensed product. Colouring pages are larger, removable and perfect for framing.
Extent
42pp
Illustrations
b&w illustrations
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
•
Snow White Dancing in the Sunlight
TK Disney Princess Coloring Book mech.indd 2
9/6/18 1:59 PM
Aladdin
TK Disney Princess Coloring Book mech.indd 3
9/6/18 1:59 PM
Beauty and the Beast Falling in Love
TK Disney Princess Coloring Book mech.indd 4
9/6/18 1:59 PM
The Little Mermaid
TK Disney Princess Coloring Book mech.indd 5
9/6/18 1:59 PM
Pocket RBG Wisdom Supreme quotes and inspired musings from Ruth Bader Ginsburg Hardie Grant A collection of witty and powerful words from an American icon. Pocket Ruth Bader Ginsburg Wisdom is an unofficial tribute to some of the most empowering and impactful quotes from the powerhouse associate justice of the US Supreme Court. After a quarter-century serving on the highest court in America and fighting tirelessly for gender equality and civil rights, RBG has become one of the most influential legal figures in the history of the country. From her landmark cases working with the ACLU to her brilliantly meme-worthy moments of dissent, RBG is a true American trailblazer. Publication
01 July 2019
Key Information
Binding
Hardback
Price
AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99
•
ISBN
9781784882877
•
Publisher
Hardie Grant (UK)
Imprint Series Category
Hardie Grant (UK) Pocket Wisdom Gift/Inspirational
Format
132 x 110 mm
Extent
96pp
Illustrations
Text only
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
•
The latest in the bestselling Pocket Wisdom series. Brilliant and powerful life lessons from a true icon. Captivating package and good price point – the perfect gift or impulse buy.
Also Available in This Series:
Price ISBN
AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99 9781784881801
Price
AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99
Price
AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99
Price
AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99
Price
AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99
ISBN
9781784882464
ISBN
9781784882259
ISBN
9781784881597
ISBN
9781784881283
Price
AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99
Price
AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99
Price
ISBN
9781784881399
ISBN
9781784881313
ISBN
AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99
Price
AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99
Price
AU$12.99 | NZ$12.99
9781784880729
ISBN
9781784880606
ISBN
9781784880446
“
I read every federal case that had to do with women’s equality or the lack thereof and every law review article. Now that seems like it was quite an undertaking but in fact, it was easily manageable because there was so little.
”
“
We should each be free to develop our own talents, whatever they may be, and not be held back by artificial barriers.
”
GENDER EQUALITY
GENDER EQUALITY
8
9
“
Young women today have a great advantage, and it is that there are no more closed doors. That was basically what the ‘70s was all about. Opening doors that had been closed to women.
” GENDER EQUALITY
GENDER EQUALITY
24
25
[On being the lone female Supreme Court justice briefly]
“
It’s almost like being back in law school in 1956, when there were nine of us in a class of over 500, so that meant most sections had just two women, and you felt that every eye was on you...
Every time you went to answer a question, you were answering for your entire sex. It may not have been true, but certainly you felt that way. You were different and the object of curiosity.
” THE SUPREME COURT
THE SUPREME COURT
34
35
“
We should not be held back from pursuing our full talents, from contributing what we could contribute to the society, because we fit into a certain mold...
because we belong to a group that historically has been the object of discrimination.
DISCRIMINATION
DISCRIMINATION
46
47
”
The Boho Manifesto Live Your Unconventional Life to the Fullest Julia Chaplin A slightly tongue-in-cheek but completely thorough guide to achieving the boho lifestyle, including work, food, exercise, and travel. Bohos are perhaps best described as a group of trust-fund artists, broke charismatics, leisure scientists, office-averse entrepreneurs, surfer-environmentalists, and/or bon vivant partiers who lead seminomadic, unconventional lives. Their approach to life is based more on creativity than on money, but having a few rich friends with homes by a good surf break doesn’t hurt. Instead of in a luxury hotel, you might find a boho camped out in a tepee in Ibiza, or in a yurt in Mongolia wearing an Oaxacan serape and Valentino espadrilles. It’s definitely fun to live vicariously through the lens of these fabulous individuals – learning what they wear, where they travel to, what they do in their leisure time – and with The Boho Manifesto, it’s finally all accessible. Here we learn about the New Mindfulness, including how to enter a state of “flow” and why to use mala beads, palo santo sticks, crystals, and mandalas for meditation. Topics in the “Body” chapter include AcroYoga, sound baths, natural deodorant, Tantric sex, and beauty botanists. When it comes to food, it’s all about the new hyphenated cuisine – “cold-pressed,” “grass-fed,” and “free-range” – along with backyard foraging and fermentation. When it comes to work, it’s about co-working spaces, laptops in paradise, microgurus, and never again committing to a 9-to-5 job. Publication
01 June 2019
Binding
Paperback with Flaps
Price
AU$55.00
ISBN
9781579657895
Publisher
Workman Publishing
Imprint
Workman
Series
NA
Category
Humour
Format
235 x 159 mm
Extent
224pp
Illustrations
100 illustrations and 50 photographs
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
Available 1 June 2019
Author Details Julia Chaplin is a New York–based journalist, author, designer, and consultant. She is a frequent contributor to the New York Times, Travel & Leisure, Condé Nast Traveler,Elle, and W magazine. She has written and produced three books: Gypset Style, Gypset Travel, and Gypset Living. She operates the website Gypset.com, designs clothing, consults on hospitality and interior projects, and lectures on the bohemian lifestyle.
Key Information •
• •
•
•
A comprehensive guide to boho: What to eat and drink – adaptogens over kale; potions over wine. What to wear – caftans and Senegalese bracelets over visible designer logos. How to work – two days a week with a laptop on the beach. Where to travel –Tulum, Ibiza, Topanga Canyon. This is the only complete guide to the ultimate boho lifestyle. Expert author with a strong point of view: New York Times Style section columnist and author Julia Chaplin has been documenting the prevalence of the boho lifestyle for some time. Here she brings it all together with humour and incredible detail. Free-spirited and countercultural yet slightly more chic than its ’70s counterpart, the boho lifestyle is everywhere – from yoga retreats and meditation to organic foods, juicing, environmentalism, sustainable business practices, cultural diversity, Coachella, Burning Man, and more. Jam-packed with photos and illustrations: Here are carefully detailed illustrations of the boho archetypes – from the Boho Entrepreneur to the Sporty Yogi. There are historical timelines, case studies, and photos of everything from travel destinations to unique meditation spaces. The accessible format and easy-to-digest entries make it a perfect gift for anyone obsessed with this way of life.
Safely Endangered Chris McCoy A collection of gloriously random and unexpected cartoons from the hugely popular webcomic Safely Endangered. Created by UK-based artist Chris McCoy, Safely Endangered's brilliantly hilarious comics have an unexpected, twisted punch line with an adorable illustration. From relying far too heavily on Facebook to the struggles of sibling rivalry, Safely Endangered covers a vast range of ridiculously funny situations with humans, animals and even video game characters.
Author Details Chris McCoy is a comic creator based in his hometown of Liverpool, UK. He spent his childhood drawing pictures in the back of schoolbooks. Now he spends his adulthood drawing pictures on the internet.
Key Information Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$26.99 | NZ$29.99
ISBN
9781449497163
Publisher
AMP
Imprint
Andrews McMeel Books
Series
NA
Category
Humour
Format
203 x 165 mm
Extent
144pp
Illustrations
Cartoons
Age Range
15 and up
Terms
SOR
•
Large social media following with over 556k Instagram followers, 270k Facebook followers and 28.5k Twitter followers
•
Presence on Webtoons.com and supported on Patreon by engaged fan base
4
Safely Endangered 3rd pages.indd 4
11/9/18 11:54 AM
6
Safely Endangered 3rd pages.indd 6
11/9/18 11:54 AM
7
Safely Endangered 3rd pages.indd 7
11/9/18 11:54 AM
8
Safely Endangered 3rd pages.indd 8
11/9/18 11:54 AM
9
Safely Endangered 3rd pages.indd 9
11/9/18 11:54 AM
Fangirl The Untapped Power of the Female Music Fan Hannah Ewens
C OV E R
A celebration of the socio-economic might of female fans.
DRAF T
From the Byromaniacs of the 19th century (who can still be found now, if you look hard enough), through to the Beatle hysteria of the early 60s and the OneDirectioners of today, female fans have long driven the objects of their affection to the giddy heights of life-changing fame. So why don’t these women get any credit? Why are they derided and frequently the butt of jokes? Without these girls, in the past, books and records would have gathered dust on shelves, unsold and forgotten. Now, concerts wouldn’t sell out, revenue streams from merchandising would disappear and the music industry wouldn’t be much of an industry at all.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Hardback
Price
AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99
ISBN
9781787132412
Publisher
Quadrille Publishing Ltd
Imprint
Quadrille Publishing Ltd
Series
NA
Category
Non Fic General
Format
216 x 138 mm
Extent
224pp
Illustrations
Text with colour plate section
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
In Fangirl, journalist Hannah Ewens is on a mission to give these girls their rightful due. A self-confessed fangirl herself, she traces the path of fangirls through history: the ups, the downs, the lengths they go to; but also the communities and camaraderie created by these communities off- and online and the lifeline they can provide.
Author Details Hannah Ewens is currently Features Editor at VICE , having previously worked at Dazed and Confused . She writes about music, film, mental health and fandom for publications that include the Guardian and the Telegraph , and presents on-screen for VICE and Vevo. She is one of the most successful rock music journalists in the UK frequently doing cover features for Kerrang! . Her interview subjects include everyone from Patti Smith and Deftones to Jennifer Lawrence and Sofia Coppola. Over her short but rapidly rising career, her articles have gone viral and her intimate, emotional and analytical writing cuts to the heart of her subject. An incomplete list of pop culture she fangirls over: Courtney Love, Sylvia Plath, David Lynch, Kirsten Dunst, Marilyn Manson, Lord of the Rings , punk rock and Buffy The Vampire Slayer.
Key Information •
• • •
Gender diversity in the music industry is a real problem: only 2% of the songs in the Billboard top 300 in 2017 were produced by women. Only 22.4% of the same songs were even sung by women. This book will provide insight into the depth and breadth of this problem, from a unique and innovative angle. #MeToo is proving (worryingly) slow to spread to the music industry, and this book has the potential to be the catalyst for change that women everywhere have been waiting for. 46% of One Direction's fans are aged 35 and over: being a fangirl no longer means being young (and older fangirls are more likely to buy books!) Hannah Ewens is an award-winning writer with lots of contacts and a great profile
FIFA Women's World Cup France 2019: The Official Book Jen O'Neill and Jenn O'Neill and Natalia Sollohub
Draft Cover
From 7 June to 7 July 2019, 23 teams from around the world will travel to host nation France to contest the eighth FIFA Women's World Cup. This guide provides an insightful and in-depth preview of women's football's biggest and greatest tournament. The features include: a review of the qualifying campaign; information on each of the tournament's nine venues; an in-depth analysis of all 24 participating teams and their star players; a retrospective look at the first seven FIFA Women's World Cups. In short, the FIFA Women's World Cup France 2019 is essential reading to get the most from this special event.
Author Details
Publication
01 June 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99
ISBN
9781787392168
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Imprint Series
Jen O'Neill is editor of the She Kicks , the bi-monthly women's football magazine. A former Sunderland Women player and columnist for The Times newspaper, she writes for She Kicks and shekicks.net. She is also much in demand as an analyst on women's soccer, broadcasting on Eurosport and Channel 4 television and TalkSport radio. She co-wrote, with Catherine Etoe and Natalia Sollohub, the FIFA Women's World Cup Canada 2015: The Official Guide . Catherine Etoe is a photographer, journalist and author. She writes for local and national newspapers on football, arts & entertainment and women's issues as well as contributing to She Kick s magazine and shekicks.net website. As an author, she co-wrote Three Lions on Her Shirt: The England Women's Story .
Carlton Books
Natalia Sollohub has worked with Catherine and Jen on a number of book, magazine and website projects.
NA
Key Information
Sport & Fitness
•
Format
246 x 189 mm
•
Extent
96pp
Illustrations
150 colour and b&w photographs
Age Range
NA
•
Terms
SOR
•
Category
•
•
Available 1 June 2019
This is an officially licensed FIFA product (FIFA is world football's governing body). Packed with information about the tournament and venues, the book contains analysis of all 24 teams, their star players, reviews of the seven previous FIFA Women's World Cups; it is filled with colour photographs, fun facts and stats and a tournament chart. FIFA Women's World Cup 2019 runs from 7 June to 7 July, with the opening ceremony at Paris's Parc des Princes and the final in Lyon. Women's football (adults and girls) is the fastest growing sport in the world with more than 40 million players participating worldwide (Source, ESPN). The 2015 FIFA Women's World Cup, hosted by Canada and won by the United States, was broadcast to more than 180 countries worldwide and attracted a cumulative television audience of 750 million (Source, FIFA.com). The Matildas made it to the quarter finals of the 2015 FIFA Women's World Cup and have once again qualified for this world cup along with: France (hosts), China, Thailand, Australia, Japan, South Korea, Brazil, Chile, Spain, Italy, England, Scotland, Norway, Sweden, Germany and more.
ROAZHON PARK
PARC DES PRINCES
STADE DU HAINAUT
Location: Rennes Capacity: 29,820
Location: Paris Capacity: 48,583
Location: Valenciennes Capacity: 25,172
A football-loving country famed as a centre of culture, philosophy and fine cuisine, France has vast experience of hosting world-class sporting events. Having twice played proud host to the men’s edition, now it will extend its joie de vivre to the FIFA Women’s World Cup 2019™.
STADE OCÉANE Location: Le Havre Capacity: 25,278
HAUTS-DE-FRANCE
NORMANDY
GRAND EST IIE-DE-FRANCE
BRITTANY
STADE AUGUSTEDELAUNE Location: Reims Capacity: 19,465
STADE DE LYON Location: Lyon Capacity: 58,215
AUVERGNE-RHONE-ALPES
STADE DES ALPES Location: Grenoble Capacity: 20,068
PROVENCEALPES-COTE D’AZUR OCCITANIE
14
THE VENUES
STADE DE LA MOSSON
STADE DE NICE
Location: Montpellier Capacity: 27,310
Location: Nice Capacity: 36,178
THE NINE VENUE CITIES should offer fans, and visiting teams and dignitaries, a hugely enriching experience and the chance to explore France, one of the most popular tourist destinations on the planet. From the footballing hotbed of the north and the romantic ambience of the capital, via the wine regions of the Rhone Valley and the beauty of the Alps to the sunshine and coastline of the Riviera, the locations of the magnificent stadiums that play host in this tournament will reflect the nation’s varied geography, accents and flavours. What better place to kick off a celebration of women’s football than in Paris, the City of Lights? On the evening of Friday 7 June, Paris Saint-Germain’s beautifully modernised Parc des Princes will be the setting for the opening game, ensuring match-goers enjoy a first-rate fan experience in the stands as well as on the field. The group stage and Round of 16 action spans out across the nation, taking in Valenciennes, Le Havre, Reims, Paris, Rennes, Grenoble, Nice and Montpellier. The most northerly venue, Valenciennes is just 15km from the Belgian border and within reasonable travel distance from European capitals Paris, Brussels, Amsterdam, London and Luxembourg City. The Normandy seaport of Le Havre boasts a Blue Flag beach, its city centre is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and Le Havre Athletic Club is the oldest football and rugby club in France. Reims is known as the City of Kings for its central role in French history and its club Stade de Reims has a revered past as two-time European Cup runners-up to Real Madrid in the 1950s. They also play at one of the tournament’s smallest venues. Similarly compact, Grenoble’s Stade des Alpes has a stunning mountainous backdrop and holds just over 20,000, but the city itself is the largest in the Alpine region. Renowned for its winter sports and local team Grenoble Foot 38, it is an important
site in terms of history, art and scientific research. Situated near to the Mediterranean and boasting a sun-drenched and dry climate is the thriving hotspot of Montpellier; while Rennes in Brittany, the region that put on the FIFA U-20 Women’s World Cup 2018, with its pretty medieval centre, hosts the last quarterfinal before the focus shifts southwards. Residents of Nice – the cultural and economic capital of the Cote d’Azur – are rightly proud of their Promenade des Anglais and its many attractions, elegantly positioned between the grandeur of the Alps and the beautiful blue sea. Their new stadium, built for local club OGC Nice in 2013, will host the play-off for third place. Capital of Gaul during the time of the Roman Empire and now home to France and Europe’s most successful women’s club side (in 2018 Olympique Lyonnais lifted the UEFA Women’s Champions League trophy for a record fifth time), Lyon is the country’s second largest metropolitan area. Lyon is also the place to see the semi-finals and final of the game’s most prestigious competition. Opened in 2016, the third largest and one of the most modern stadiums in France, Stade de Lyon can seat over 59,000 spectators. Between fixtures, visitors will have time to savour the sights and tastes of this artistic and gastronomic centre. All 52 matches will be played on natural grass, news surely welcomed by traditionalists after Canada 2015 was the first senior FIFA tournament to use FIFArecommended 2-star football turf for every fixture. The scene is set. Bienvenue en France 2019.
15
MEET THE TEAMS It takes tenacity and talent to reach the pinnacle of any sport and you can be sure that the elite female footballers who run out at this FIFA Women’s World Cup™ – be they ambitious debutants, experienced campaigners or tournament favourites – will relish this opportunity to shine in front of a worldwide audience. The hard fought qualification campaigns are over, the time to perform on the world stage is finally here. Let’s meet the 24 teams.
Below: The U.S Women’s National Team avenged their 2011 FIFA Women’s World Cup Final shoot-out defeat to Japan by blowing their opponents away in a 5-2 victory to lift the trophy in Vancouver, four years later.
GROUP A
BRAZIL
ANDRESSINHA
BEATRIZ
MARTA
Bringing flair and samba style to France
Born: 1 May 1995 Position: Midfielder
Born: 17 December 1993 Position: Forward
Born: 19 February 1986 Position: Forward
Grew up in the southern Brazil state of Rio Grande do Sul and, like Marta, started in futsal playing against boys and her masterful ball control reflects that. Great at set-pieces and striking from distance. Credits her father Elizeu Machry for believing in her talent when younger and making vast round trips to take her to training and games. Captained Brazil at a number of under-age FIFA Women’s World Cups, played in all four games at Canada 2015 and joined Houston Dash shortly after. Traded to Portland Thorns FC in January 2018.
‘Bia’ is a physical forward who leads Brazil’s front line. Made only one and two substitute appearances respectively, at FIFA Women’s World Cups in 2011 and 2015 but by Rio 2016 had locked down a regular starting spot, scoring three times – including in the bronze medal match loss to Canada. The goals have continued, her six in qualifying only bettered by Catalina Usme of Colombia. Championship winner in the Korean WK League with Incheon Hyundai Steel for five successive seasons, starting from 2013.
Six-time FIFA Women’s World Player of the Year/The Best FIFA Women’s Player and has won numerous individual awards and championships in Sweden (where she gained citizenship in March 2017) and in the USA. Ominously for opponents, is enjoying some of the form of her career at Orlando Pride in America’s National Women’s Soccer League. Ferociously skilful and fast on the ball, her left foot can be a precision weapon. Already sitting pretty as all-time tournament top scorer with 15 goals in four tournaments.
ONES TO WATCH
Never short on natural talent, Brazil have often thrilled and entertained at the FIFA Women’s World Cup™ but have yet to achieve top billing. Could 2019 be the year As Canarinhas live up to expectations?
THE COACH OSWALDO ALVAREZ First in charge from 2014 until after Rio 2016, this is his second stint as coach of the Selecao and will be his second FIFA Women’s World Cup with the team. In his first 12 games back in charge, replacing Emily Lima in September 2017, the team won 11 matches, drew one and claimed two titles. Known as ‘Vadao’ the 62-year old has worked in Brazilian football across three decades, including spells at men’s clubs such as Corinthians, Sao Paulo and Atletico Paranaense. Viewed as an adaptable coach, great at problem-solving and encouraging of youthful talent, having brought through famous names, like Kaka and Rivaldo.
WOMEN’S WORLD CUP RECORD Year
Venue
Result
1991 China
Group stage
(3rd, Group B)
1995 Sweden Group stage Above: As Canarinhas celebrate their Copa America Femenina 2018 success.
CLINCHING THEIR seventh Copa America Femenina in April 2018 ensured Brazil maintained their ever-present record at the FIFA Women’s World Cup (guaranteeing a spot at the Tokyo 2020 Olympic Games in the process) but they are yet to win a global gold. For years many have lamented the lack of backing for Brazil’s skilful women from the Brazilian Football Confederation (CBF). An 18-month residency programme for As Canarinhas before Canada 2015 and the home Olympics in August 2016 suggested a sea change and over 70,000 fans were at the Maracana to cheer Marta and co in the Rio semi-finals (they lost to Sweden in a shoot-out), showing some of the potential of the team and also the women’s game, both on the field and off.
Emily Lima, the first woman to coach As Canarinhas, was appointed post Rio but sacked less than a year later, due to poor results. Oswaldo Alvarez was reinstated as coach, got his players onside and has set to work on developing their tactical versatility – the majority of his squad now play professionally overseas so their conditioning is no longer a pressing priority. His first returning success was overseeing two wins and a draw in October 2017, which gave them victory in China’s Yongchuan International Tournament. Brazil’s seven wins, 31 goals for and just two against, reflects the ease at which they triumphed at the Copa America Femenina in Chile. Fourteen players contributed to that scoring tally, underlining the team’s dynamic positive play.
(4th, Group A)
1999 USA
Third place
2003 USA
Quarter-finalists
2007 China
Runners-up
2011 Germany Quarter-finalists 2015 Canada
Above: Is Brazil’s No.10, Marta, the greatest player the women’s game has ever seen?
Round of 16
Results from further afield in friendlies against higher-ranked opponents, have been topsy-turvy but they are getting games in, learning and growing in strength. For some this could be their last major tournament. Iconic forwards Marta and Cristiane, defenders Monica, Tamires and Erika, and goalkeeper Barbara are all aged 30 or over and Paris Saint-Germain’s seemingly indefatigable defensivemidfielder Formiga will be 41 and could make history if selected for a record seventh FIFA Women’s World Cup. Can they write the perfect ending in 2019?
33
GROUP B
ENGLAND
LUCY BRONZE
JORDAN NOBBS
FRAN KIRBY
Lionesses look to roar their way to the top
Born: 28 October 1991 Position: Defender
Born: 8 December 1992 Position: Midfielder
Born: 29 June 1993 Position: Forward
Athletic, attack-minded right back whose ultra-competitive attitude is belied by her laid-back, off-field nature. Lives up to her middle name (her mother’s maiden name) of ‘Tough’. From Northumberland with a Portuguese father she enjoyed European and domestic success in her first season at Olympique Lyonnais in 2017–18. Started at Sunderland and won championships with the University of North Carolina, Liverpool and Manchester City, the club where she established herself as world-class.
Father Keith was a tough-tackling defender and club legend for Hartlepool United, however his daughter is a diminutive midfielder, known for her energy, balance, goal-making passes and devastating efforts from distance. Switched from Sunderland to Arsenal in 2010 and has set the tone for excellence with the Gunners ever since. A thigh injury limited her playing time during Canada 2015 so France 2019 could be the 26-year old’s perfect chance to shine.
Chelsea’s talented, technically skilled and prolific striker. Graduated through the youth sides at Reading. Dubbed England’s ‘mini Messi’ after her goal against Mexico at Canada 2015. Bubbly character who has bravely spoken out about depression and coping with the sudden death of her mother. Hit superlative form in 2017–18 scoring 25 in all competitions, collecting a number of national ‘Player of the Year’ awards and cementing her place as a true fans’ favourite.
ONES TO WATCH
At Canada 2015 the Lionesses suffered a heartbreaking semifinal loss to Japan through a freakish own goal but came back to beat Germany to bronze. Having reached the semi-finals of UEFA Women’s Euro 2017, they believe they can go further in France. ENGLAND WERE AGAIN unbeaten during their FIFA Women’s World Cup qualifying campaign, having not lost a qualifier since going down 1-0 away to France in the play-off
THE COACH PHIL NEVILLE Former England, Manchester United and Everton full-back who spent a trophy-laden decade of his 19-year career playing under legendary manager Sir Alex Ferguson. Sparked a furore when appointed head coach in January 2018 – his previous experience in the dugout limited to assistant roles with England U21s, Manchester United and Valencia CF in the men’s game – but the Lionesses took to him immediately. Went to three UEFA Euros but this will be his first World Cup. Younger brother to fellow United and England defender Gary and twin to Tracey, ex-player and coach of the successful England Netball team.
final for FIFA Women’s World Cup 2003. They racked up 29 goals and conceded just one in the process – only Germany scored more in the UEFA qualifying round and no team’s defence was as stingy. Those statistics suggest a seamless road to France but things got off to a bumpy start, with head coach Mark Sampson controversially dismissed – for matters unrelated to performance – just hours after their opening 6-0 win over Russia in September 2017. Lionesses youth coach Mo Marley oversaw routine wins against Bosnia and Herzegovina and Kazakhstan before former men’s professional Phil Neville was offered the role.
Neville’s involvement captured the interest of the wider football media, as did an unexpected Group 1 leadership challenge from next-door neighbours Wales who held England 0-0 in Southampton and were also undefeated, until the Lionesses’ 3-0 win in the reverse fixture confirmed their supremacy and top spot. Neville has offered opportunities to previously untried and developing talent: 34 players saw action in qualifying, including seven starting debuts in the 6-0 win in Kazakhstan. Players like skipper Steph Houghton, Jill Scott and Euro 2017 Golden Boot winner Jodie Taylor offer a spine Below: The Lionesses squad has matured together as a team since Canada 2015.
of maturity and experience, while Nikita Parris (their top scorer with six in qualifying), Millie Bright and Keira Walsh are emerging stars. A reboot of the elite leagues in England saw a fully professional FA Women’s Super League for the 2018–19 season, the country will host UEFA Women’s Euro 2021, Lionesses are excelling in club football overseas and England won bronze at the FIFA U-20 Women’s World Cup 2018. England have momentum and expect to be “in the mix” in France but as their boss has clearly stated, “Third will not be good enough.” Left: Lucy Bronze, right-sided defender but influential all over the park.
WOMEN’S WORLD CUP RECORD Year
Venue
Result
1991
China
Did not qualify
1995
Sweden Quarter-finalists
1999
USA
2003
USA
2007
China
2011
Germany Quarter-finalists
2015
Canada
Did not qualify Did not qualify Quarter-finalists Third place
41
The Magic of Tarot Includes a full deck of 78 specially commissioned tarot cards and a 64-page illustrated book Liz Dean Interpretation is the key to the art of Tarot reading. This pack includes a Tarot deck and an easy-to-use book which explains the key concepts of the cards in simple terms that the reader will find easy to remember and then put into practice in a reading. The Tarot has a 500-year history and most Western and Eastern cultures have created their own unique decks. The cards in this set, exquisitely illustrated by artist Emma Garner, express the rich imagery and symbols of the Tarot in a way that is both stunning and immediate. There are eight different card arrangements to try laying out, plus essential information on timing a reading; this is often omitted in Tarot instruction guides, even though the first question asked of a Tarot reader is often ‘When will these events happen?’. Particular attention is also paid to interpreting the ‘people’ or Court cards of the Minor Arcana, as these are often stumbling blocks for the new reader. Armed with the knowledge in this book, the reader will be able to make sense of a complete reading for him or herself or a friend, and use these inspiring cards to solve problems, identify opportunities, and ultimately divine the future. Publication
01 July 2019
Author Details
Binding
All Cards
Price
AU$34.99
Liz Dean teaches at Psychic Sisters within Selfridges in London and is the author of several tarot decks and books, including the official HBO Game of Thrones Tarot, Understanding Tarot and The Golden Tarot. Liz’s work has been featured in the Daily Mail, the Express online, Spirit & Destiny, Kindred Spirit and Fate & Fortune. She lives in Roker, near Sunderland, on the north-east coast.
ISBN
9781782497219
Key Information
Publisher
CICO
Imprint
Cico Books
Series
NA
•
New Age/Inspirational
•
Category Format
174 x 140 mm
Extent
64pp
Illustrations
78 colour artworks
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
•
Liz Dean has a loyal following. The first edition of The Art of Tarot (9781904991045) sold over 253,000 copies worldwide; she is also the author of The Golden Tarot (9781906094867, over 95,000 copies sold), as well as the official HBO Game of Thrones Tarot (9781452164342). Specially-commissioned cards that are inspiring, rich in meaning, and beautifully illustrated in colour. Includes meanings for upright and reversed cards and pays special attention to interpreting the “people” or Court Cards of the minor arcana, which are often stumbling blocks for the new reader.
Understanding Tarot Discover the tarot and find out what your cards really mean Liz Dean Uncover the mysteries of the tarot with this comprehensive guide from tarot expert Liz Dean.
Publication
01 July 2019
The Tarot is a secret system of symbols that has been used for almost six hundred years, and is becoming increasingly popular today as people look for meaning and reassurance in our ever-changing and chaotic world. This form of spiritual counsel can be used to seek answers to life’s key questions: ‘Will I find success in my chosen career?’, ‘Will I find true love?’, ‘What does the future hold?’ and ‘Will I be happy?’. This book empowers the reader by revealing the knowledge that each card brings, and how each reading can give a dynamic understanding of events, personalities and relationships. With ten specific spreads to follow, along with sample readings and an extensive interpretation for each card, tarot expert Liz Dean gives you the confidence to approach the cards holistically. Freed from concentrating solely on the meaning of individual cards, you will begin to see them as a story or journey of life that gives you a clear picture of the past, present and future.
Binding
Hardback
Price
AU$24.99
Author Details
ISBN
9781782497257
Publisher
CICO
Liz Dean teaches at Psychic Sisters within Selfridges in London and is the author of several tarot decks and books, including the official HBO Game of Thrones Tarot, The Magic of Tarot and The Golden Tarot. Liz’s work has been featured in the Daily Mail, the Express online, Spirit & Destiny, Kindred Spirit and Fate & Fortune. She lives in Roker, near Sunderland, on the north-east coast.
Imprint Series Category
Cico Books NA New Age/Inspirational
Format
210 x 170 mm
Extent
160pp
Illustrations
200 colour artworks
Age Range
NA
Terms
FS
Key Information • •
Liz Dean is a best-selling author for CICO: The Art of Tarot (ISBN 9781904991045) has sold over 253,000 copies worldwide and The Golden Tarot (ISBN 9781906094867) has sold over 95,000 copies worldwide. Tarot still remains every popular for Now Age enthusiasts and this guide will make a great gift or impulse-buy for budding tarot readers.
Be Your Own Palm Reader The key to character is in your hands Heather Roan Robbins Heather Roan Robbins brings you an accessible and practical system of palmistry that is easy to integrate into your daily life.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Hardback
Price
AU$18.99
ISBN
9781782497233
Publisher
CICO
Imprint
Cico Books
Series
NA
Category
New Age/Inspirational
Format
152 x 115 mm
Extent
160pp
Illustrations
50 colour artworks
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
Distilling decades of experience, palmist and astrologer Heather Roan Robbins has developed a uniquely grounded but soul-centred approach to palmistry. She teaches you how to explore the landscape of the hand and come to know the hills and valleys of the hand’s contours, recognise the deep rivers of the major lines and listen to the bend of the fingers. When you understand the shape and form of a person’s hand, you can understand their disposition. Get a glimpse of their lines and get a clue as to how they communicate. Understanding the hand’s topography will help you accept and deal with yourself and others. For those who want to become a professional palmist, Be Your Own Palm Reader lays a good foundation in an accessible and memorable format. And for those of us who just want to know more about ourselves, this approach to palmistry offers a visual portrait of the patterns of the soul and can give us clues on how to bring ourselves and our lives into a better balance. Because the landscape of the hand changes over time, it reflects shifts in our life habits and the consequences of our major decisions. The hand is your energy conduit to the world – paint a beautiful future with the power of your choices now.
Author Details Heather Roan Robbins is a writer, ceremonialist, astrologer and palmist. She has developed her approach over the last 40 years while working with astrology and palmistry in an active private practice, as well as in her work as a personnel manager and in collaboration with family therapists and life-coaching groups. Heather is also the author of Be Your Own Moon Astrologer (CICO Books). She now lives and practises in Minnesota, USA. Visit her website at www.roanrobbins.com.
Key Information • • •
Be Your Own Palm Reader offers insight into all kinds of relationships – family, friendships, work – as well as into your own character. Heather Roan Robbins is a highly promotable and successful author – she is also the author of CICO’s Be Your Own Moon Astrologer (ISBN 9781782497011). Clear artworks mean learning the shapes and lines of the hands is simple.
Also Available:
Price
AU$17.99
Price
AU$17.99
Price
AU$17.99
ISBN
9781782496557
ISBN
9781782497011
ISBN
9781782496564
CB1302 BYO Palm Reader - FINAL
CB1302 BYO Palm Reader - FINAL
ROUND HANDS
OVAL/ALMOND HANDS
Good at dealing with the public
Good communicator
A round shape implies friendliness, diplomacy, coziness, and often a caring personality. A pure type round hand is as wide as it is long, with fingers about the same length as the palm, but the round shape brings this affability wherever it shows up. A rounded foundational realm implies someone who needs to get along with the people she lives and works with, and prefers to keep close to community. Human interaction is a fundamental need. A rounded shape at the top of the palm shows someone who puts people first during daily interactions. If the whole palm appears circular, this is a genuinely nice person, the heart of a family or community sort. Rounded at the top of the hand does not imply practical order, if the rounded arch drops off noticeably around the little finger and the little finger is set considerably lower than the ring or index fingers. This person may have a place for everything, but not everything is in its place. If the palm appears squared off at the base but rounded at the top, this person may have a pragmatic foundation but may express herself and interact with the world in a more sociable and diplomatic way. She cares, but has a practical mindset. These people often make excellent therapists, teachers, diplomats, or customer-service representatives.
Oval hands are a subset of the rounded shape. They are rounded at the base, with a long palm that is rounded at the top, and the fingers are usually long with almond-shaped nails. Oval hands represent the sociability of the round hand with the added dimension of thoughtfulness before action that comes with the long palm and long fingers. They suggest a good, balanced, sociable, thoughtful community member. Look for oval hands on committee members, or the spokesperson for the company or the parent-teacher organization. These people are generally good team players, but do not underestimate their intelligence and basic need to understand what’s going on. They often have a great sense of aesthetics and are usually aware of the feelings of the people around them. They prefer to avoid conflict. Ask them meaningful questions but approach them as if you know there is common ground between you. The longer and thinner the hand, the more the characteristics drift into those of the pointed hand.
34 The Landscape of the Hand
The Shape of Us 35
CB1302 BYO Palm Reader - FINAL
THE MOUNTS OF OUR HAND
My correlation of astrology with the fingers and mounts is slightly different from what you find in classical palmistry. I reverse Sun and Venus, but this comes from my understanding of astrological symbols and my decades of comparing hands to charts. You’ll find that it makes sense.
Pools of energy The mounts of the hand act as pools of energetic reserves, and that energy is expressed by the fingers. Notice which mounts are prominent. These describe the person’s main points of interest and skill. Notice which mounts are underdeveloped, indicating where some building up needs to be done.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
SUN MOON NEPTUNE MERCURY VENUS LOWER MOUNT OF MARS UPPER MOUNT OF MARS PLAIN OF MARS JUPITER SATURN PLUTO
40 The Landscape of the Hand
5
10
9
8
6
4 7 2
1 3
CB1302 BYO Palm Reader - FINAL
SUN The mount of the Sun, the ball of the thumb, describes our reserves of Chi or physical vitality. Our Chi is the physical engine that drives the rest of the chart. The larger and fuller this mount in relation to the hand, the more its owner operates with strong physical vitality. When it seems especially large for the hand, the person may get angry quickly, have an overactive sex drive, or a good immune system but be prone to high blood pressure, or have so much energy he doesn’t quite know how to deal with it. The bigger the engine, the more thoughtfully we have to drive the car. A small mount of the Sun indicates running on nerves more than strength. This person may not be able to count on good health, and may choose a life that is not physically oriented. If you want to seduce a person with a slight Sun mount, you need to bring his mind along. Use words and images rather than count on chemistry and sex drive, although these people may have just as much fun once they get going. To balance: Physical reserves can be built up through healthy living, exercise, and finding joy in the movement of the body.
11
The Mounts of Our Hand 41
CB1302 BYO Palm Reader - FINAL
LONG LIFE LINE
life line is weak with many lines that troop off it, check for depression. To balance: The owner needs to take responsibility for her health, and think about what would help her to find her enthusiasm and reinvest in her life. A long life line describes the intention and energy to live a long and purposeful life. Remember, though, that events outside of our control do not necessarily show up on the life line. A life line chained along its whole length indicates a person who was born with delicate health, and is physically sensitive to her surroundings. She may put other people’s needs ahead of her own or have had difficulty in forming a clear sense of self in childhood. To balance: Tai chi is one way to help build strength and vitality, and this, together with some confidence-building therapy, may increase the person’s ability to listen to herself and uncover a sense of purpose. She needs to strengthen her health and support her digestive system to improve absorption.
CHAINED LIFE LINE
84 The Roadmap of the Hand
CB1302 BYO Palm Reader - FINAL
where it begins If the life line and head line start together under the mount of Jupiter, the fate and mindset of this person are well tied into her family history. If the life line and head line originate together and stay connected for a while, it indicates that as a child, this person’s mindset was formed by the family and the events going on within it. If the life line and head line run smoothly together, this shows a normal and comfortable experience. If the life line moves smoothly out from this position, the person’s early life has left her connected to her family but not feeling trapped by them. Sometimes, the life line and head line are chained together for the first 10 years or so (see page 79). The owner may have had trouble setting boundaries with her family. She may have felt emotionally responsible for them, or have been deeply affected by the family’s rhythms and stories. She may have been wrapped up in and dependent upon the family, or in full rebellion against them. Either way her sense of self was deeply but uncomfortably intertwined with the people around her, and she may have to push away from them to develop confidence and find herself. The longer the chaining goes on, the harder it has been to become an individual. If the life line and head line start separately, this person’s identity is not bound up with her
LIFE LINE AND HEAD LINE START TOGETHER UNDER THE MOUNT OF JUPITER
LIFE LINE AND HEAD LINE ARE CHAINED TOGETHER
Major Lines 85
Mindfulness on the Go Discover how to be mindful wherever you are — at home or work, on your daily commute, or whenever you're on the move. Anna Black Whether you are at home or at work, on your daily commute or travelling, you can practise mindfulness to decrease stress and improve your health and wellbeing. It is often challenging to weave mindfulness into our day as we get caught up in the busy-ness of life. It can feel overwhelming sometimes to know what to do and how to start doing something different and having to decide stops us doing anything at all. Mindfulness on the Go is designed to address this problem. It introduces the essential pillars of mindfulness and how to cultivate it, then offers 52 suggestions, divided into practices and activities, to start using it every day. Practices are mini meditations to do while you are out and about, while activities focus more on becoming aware of your habitual patterns of behaviour, as well as how mindfulness can help you to cultivate new ones. By focusing on just one thing per day, it makes it easier to remember rather than just feeling you should be mindful all the time. As you become familiar with the type of practices, you will find that you begin to do them without the prompts, and mindfulness will become part of your daily life.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback with Flaps
Price
AU$29.99
ISBN
9781782497226
Publisher
CICO
Anna Black is a highly qualified mindfulness practitioner and teaches mindfulness workshops. Find out more on her website: www.mindfulness-meditation-now.com. She is the author of Living in the Moment , Mindfulness @ Work , The Little Pocket Book of Mindfulness , A Year of Living Mindfully and Mindfulness and Sleep , all published by CICO Books. She lives in London.
Imprint
Cico Books
Key Information
Series
NA
Category
New Age/Inspirational
Format
235 x 190 mm
Extent
128pp
Illustrations
75 colour artworks
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
Author Details
• • •
Explains how to apply mindfulness in everyday situations which everyone experiences, from being at home or at work to travelling or commuting. Research has shown that mindfulness meditation can actually change the structure of the brain, especially in the brain regions responsible for sense of self, stress, memory and empathy. Anna Black is the author of Living in the Moment (9781908170446), which has sold over 15,000 copies.
A Year of Living Thankfully A week-by-week workbook to help you embrace gratitude and discover a healthier, happier you Lois Blyth Experience a year of actively being more grateful, with weekly activities and practices, plus workbook pages to fill in, and discover how this can lead to greater happiness and wellbeing.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback with Flaps
Can being more grateful change your life? Ongoing research suggests that it does. Practicing gratitude has a positive impact on the brain and changes the way we feel about the world and each other, making us want to nurture, help and protect one another, and increasing our sense of belonging. It extends far beyond the ritual of sharing gifts or saying thank you. It is a form of recognition – a way of appreciating the kindness, beauty and wonder that life has to offer. A Year of Living Thankfully offers simple activities for each week of the year that will help you embrace gratitude and reframe your view of the world. Included are creative suggestions to turn a simple thank you into a heartfelt gift, strategies to help you see life with brighter eyes, meditations to end your day on a grateful note, and ways to help you find thankfulness again when times are hard. Journal pages with friendly reminders follow each activity so that you can reflect on your experience and what you are discovering. You will soon find that gratitude becomes a way of life and will reap the benefits, both emotional and physical.
Price
AU$29.99
Author Details
ISBN
9781782497271
Lois Blyth is a writer of self-help and lifestyle books, and is the author of The Little Pocket Book of Kindness and The Little Pocket Book of Happiness , both published by CICO Books. She is based in Dorset.
Publisher
CICO
Imprint
Cico Books
Series
NA
Category
New Age/Inspirational
Format
235 x 190 mm
Extent
192pp
Illustrations
100 colour artworks
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
Key Information • • •
Many physical and mental benefits of practising gratitude have been seen in scientific studies, including improved sleep quality, increased self-esteem, empathy and resilience, and fewer aches and pains (Newsweek, November 2015). Beautifully presented with stylish illustrations in an easy-to-read format, this book stands out from others available on the same topic. In the same series as A Year of Living Mindfully (ISBN 9781782496847/9781782493020), which sold over 8,000 copies worldwide in its first edition.
My Dream Journal Uncover the real meaning of your dreams and how you can learn from them Cico Record your dreams and discover the meaning behind them in this inspiring journal, which is full of helpful prompts and tips. Every person’s dream life is completely unique. Dreams are the way in which your unconscious, instinctive self processes experiences, revitalises you and sends you powerful messages about your life. Understanding the important communications in dreams is the key to a successful life. My Dream Journal will allow you to read the story of your own dreams, make connections, see patterns and interpret the secret meaning of your own dream world. Included are questionnaires and exercises to show you how to recall, understand and maximise your dream power, and a directory revealing the meaning of the most common dream themes and images, as well as fill-in pages where you can record what you’ve dreamt.
Key Information • Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Hardback
Price
AU$22.99
ISBN
9781782497240
Publisher
CICO
Imprint
Cico Books
Series
NA
Category
New Age/Inspirational
Format
210 x 148 mm
Extent
144pp
Illustrations
80 colour artworks
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
• •
Sleep is a popular topic of the moment – how sleep works, why we need it and how to sleep better – and dreaming is of course intrinsically linked to it. Dreaming has been said to serve an important function in our wellbeing – it is like overnight therapy and enhances creativity and problem-solving. Journalling brings you into a state of mindfulness, which has been shown in studies to improve wellbeing.
The Vibrant Life Eat Well, Be Well – and Love Your Midlife Amanda Haas From the motivated authority behind The Anti-Inflammation Cookbook, this guide to living midlife with grace and good health is packed with holistic lifestyle inspiration, great recipes, and beautiful photography. Like The Anti-Inflammation Cookbook , this is a cookbook for (mostly) women of a certain age who are reading and talking about nutrition and other lifestyle changes in regard to health, beauty, and longevity. With 70 recipes book-ended by lifestyle primers (how to eat, holistic practices, hormones, and more) and lovely photography, this book combines utility and beauty into a book that is both resource and inspiration for this audience. The recipes are fresh and approachable, and each recipe delivers a number of health benefits. This is a self-purchase for women who are making changes in the way they eat and cook for their families, or a very nice 40th or 50th birthday gift from a friend to friend, or daughter to mother. Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Hardback
Price
AU$55.00
ISBN
9781452170992
Publisher
Chronicle Books
Imprint
Chronicle Adult
Series
NA
Category
Food & Drink
Format
235 x 184 mm
Extent
240pp
Illustrations
75 Full-colour photography
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
Author Details Amanda Haas is a cookbook author, professional recipe tester and developer, and the Culinary Director of Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Her passion for improving people's lives through food has culminated in two cookbooks. Her first, Cooking Light Real Family Food , focused on cooking delicious, simple meals the entire family will love. Her second book, The Antiinflammation Cookbook: The Delicious Way to Reduce Inflammation and Stay Healthy combines her pursuit of wellness through food with her desire to bring her family together around the table. Since graduating from Tante Marie's Cooking School in 2001, Haas has contributed to over 2 dozen cookbooks, including Chef Todd English's Cooking in Everyday English ; the James Beard Award-Winning book A16: Food + Wine ; and SPQR . Haas continues to encourage families to cook at home through her blog One Family One Meal. She lives in the Bay Area with her two sons.
Key Information •
• •
A wide range of publications, including Good Housekeeping, Real Simple, Bon Appétit, and of course serious medical journals, have published stories linking functional foods to healthy ageing in recent years. The uptick in books about eating for beauty and specific medical conditions has paved the way for books that take up ageing – the universal condition. The Anti-Inflammation Cookbook (9781452139883) has performed quite well for Chronicle, and The Vibrant Life has the same potential, because of the author's connections and its broad subject, to reach a wider audience. This has a fresh, pretty package to house this diet-lite content, with lots of lifestyle elements that make it compelling for a wide audience of women.
: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R
FO
chapter 2
VEGETABLES, GREENS, AND OTHER DELICIOUS THINGS
After learning about some of the best foods on the planet from Rebecca Katz (page XXX), you’ll understand why I felt compelled to create an entire chapter focused on green foods and veggies. As she spoke about the health benefits of herbs, arugula, broccoli, and kale with delight in her voice, I wanted to create recipes that highlighted their amazing flavors while letting their enormous health benefits shine. In this chapter, I hope you’ll find the five or six recipes that you want to make over and over again. And as you become more comfortable with vegetables taking center stage, don’t be afraid to change the recipes to make them your own. Cauliflower and Romanesco are amazing substitutes for broccoli, and I’m treating arugula as the new kale. Mint can sub for basil, and thyme and rosemary can stand up to almost any flavor combination. So mix, match, and make your own combinations.
: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R
FO
MODERN SALADE NICOISE with Poached Tuna and Curry Aioli Dressing
I’m obsessed with salads that can be prepped on cutting boards. The idea? You prep everything on the board and arrange each ingredient in sections; then, right before you serve it, you add the dressing and toss it “tableside” in front of your guests! (It’s the perfect way to do fewer dishes, too!) The twist on this salade Nicoise is that the typical aioli becomes a creamy curry-infused vinaigrette, lending a depth of flavor and an anti-inflammatory punch that is often lacking One tip for poaching tuna: You’ll need enough oil to submerge the fish, so use as small of a pan as possible that allows the tuna to rest in one piece. Then you’ll use less oil! PR E PARAT ION T I M E
10
minutes
C O OKI NG T I M E
5
minutes
(plus 4 to 8 hours to set)
S E RVE S
6
One 1-lb [455-g] ahi tuna fillet, about 1 in [2.5 cm] thick Kosher salt Freshly ground pepper 3 to 4 cups [720 to 960 ml] extra-virgin olive oil 4 strips lemon zest 2 garlic cloves, peeled and smashed
CURRY AIOLI DRES SING 2 Tbsp mayonnaise 2 Tbsp fresh lemon juice 1 Tbsp Dijon mustard 2 tsp curry powder 2 tsp honey 1 garlic clove, grated 1/4 cup [60 ml] olive oil 1 Tbsp water Kosher salt
Vegetables, Greens, and Other Delicious Things
13
: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R
FO
NAPA CABBAGE SALAD with Fennel and Roasted Almonds
Confession: My test kitchen team and I order takeout for lunch all the time, as in two or three times a week. Considering we have up to twenty recipes to taste on any given day it may seem odd, but many days it could be eight types of cupcakes or six braising sauces or seven cocktails, so we crave vegetables and other people’s cooking. The food from RT Rotisserie is our obsession. Although they are known for their perfectly juicy rotisserie chicken, their salads are our true addiction: As Inken, Emily, Belle, and I sit at the table, we dissect every herb, seed, lettuce, and allium that shows up in their salads. So one day we decided to take two of our faves and mush them together to create this masterpiece. You’re welcome.
Freshly ground pepper
SALAD 2 romaine hearts, shredded 1/4 head radicchio, shredded 3 Persian cucumbers, thinly sliced 4 hard-boiled eggs, quartered
PR E PARAT ION T I M E
25
1 avocado, sliced 6 green onions, white and green parts only, sliced
minutes
C O OKI NG T I M E
25
minutes
S E RVE S
4
4 radishes, halved 2 Tbsp chopped fresh chives
4 cups [400 g] thinly sliced napa cabbage 1 fennel bulb, cored and thinly sliced
Rinse the tuna and pat dry with a paper towel. Sprinkle with salt and pepper on both sides and let rest for 10 minutes. Place the lemon zest strips and garlic in a saucepan just large enough to fit the fish. Add oil to a depth that will cover the fish, about 11/2 inches [3.75 cm]. Heat over low heat until the oil registers 180°F [80°C]. Gently lower the fish into the oil and return the heat to 180°F [80°C]. Cook until the fish is opaque but still pink at the center, about 7 minutes. Transfer the fish to a platter or cutting board. To make the curry aioli dressing: Whisk the mayonnaise, lemon juice, mustard, curry powder, honey, and garlic in a small bowl to combine. Slowly whisk in the oil. Season with salt and pepper. Whisk in 1 tablespoon water to reach a pourable consistency. Taste and add more salt and pepper as desired. To assemble the salad: Arrange the romaine, radicchio, cucumbers, eggs, avocado, green onions, and radishes on a platter or cutting board and season with salt and pepper. Arrange the tuna on top and sprinkle with the chives. Drizzle with the dressing and serve.
14
THE ANTI-INFL AMMATION COOKBOOK
1 red onion, very thinly sliced 1 cup [30 g] packed fresh parsley leaves 1/2 cup [15 g] chopped fresh dill 1/4 cup [60 ml] fresh lemon juice 2 Tbsp honey 1/4 cup [60 ml] extra-virgin olive oil, plus extra for finishing Kosher salt Freshly ground pepper 1 cup [160 g] roasted, salted almonds, coarsely chopped
Combine the cabbage, fennel, onion, parsley, and dill in a large bowl. Whisk the lemon juice and honey together in a small bowl. Slowly whisk in the oil. Season with salt and pepper. Taste, adding more salt and pepper, if desired. Drizzle the vinaigrette over the salad and toss to coat. Sprinkle in the almonds and toss gently to combine. Taste, adjusting the seasoning and adding more oil if desired. Serve.
Vegetables, Greens, and Other Delicious Things
15
: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R
FO
chapter 5
LIFESTYLE ESSAYS I
DESIGN FOR PART 2 OPENER TO COME
I was raised eating lots of boneless, skinless chicken, a little bit of fish that came out of a Styrofoam pack from the “butcher,” and even less red meat because my mom believed that carbohydrates, margarine, and low-fat ingredients were the way to go. (They were certainly the trend.) We’ve come a long way in our beliefs around food since the 70s! Most medical researchers now preach the importance of a diet rich in vegetables, fruits, and real ingredients. In addition, time, medical research, and common sense have concluded that we should be consuming less animal protein, especially when animals are raised in harmful environments and fed harmful ingredients, forever altering their composition. In addition, raising animals for consumption is hard on the planet, can be completely inhumane, and can also wreak havoc on our bodies. But what about consuming animal protein that has been raised responsibly and ethically, and is better for us? I like to use grass-fed beef as an example. The diet of the cattle can alter the nutrients and fats you get from eating the different types of beef. lots of veggies and small amounts of animal protein.
DESIGN FOR PART 2 OPENER TO COME
There are Girls like Lions Poems about Being a Woman This beautifully packaged and richly illustrated poetry collection is the perfect gift for 21st century women and poetry lovers. For mothers, daughters, sisters, wives, partners, and friends, here are 30 stirring poems about the experience of being a woman. Rousing and empowering, There Are Girls like Lions is a celebration of womanhood in all its dimensions, including love, beauty, friendship, motherhood, work, ageing, and much more. Packaged in an attractive case with foil stamping and featuring striking illustrations in metallic ink throughout, this powerful collection will resonate as a gift for any modern woman.
Author Details Karolin Schnoor is an illustrator and designer based in New York City. Cole Swensen is an award-winning poet, translator, editor, and professor. She is the author of 15 books of poetry, and teaches poetry and literature at Brown University in Rhode Island.
Key Information Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Hardback
Price
AU$32.99
ISBN
9781452173450
Publisher
Chronicle Books
Imprint
Chronicle Adult
Series
NA
Category
Poetry
Format
178 x 127 mm
Extent
96pp
Illustrations
15 three colour illustrations with metallic ink
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
•
Poetry is in, as evidenced by the bestselling works from contemporary poets like Rupi Kaur and Amanda Lovelace. This book celebrates beloved female poets and today's celebrated voices-the result is a compendium of diverse voices spanning more than a century of poetry, delivered in an eye-catching, modern package that will appeal to a wide audience.
•
This beautifully packaged, petite, and affordable celebration of female voices makes for the perfect "be my galantine" gal-pal gift.
•
The book includes the work of such luminaries as Emily Dickinson and Margaret Atwood alongside celebrated contemporary poets like Warsan Shire and Jennifer Chang. This timeless combination will make the book a go-to gift for years to come.
Elisabeth Hewer Here are girls like lions, here are girls like howling wolves. Here are girls with such big teeth! Here are girls who’ll play tug o’ war with your heart or your wishbone Or your throat, oh.
: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO
[HERE ARE GIRLS LIKE LIONS]
Oh, here are girls with cold bright eyes and claws like dragons. Here are girls who can’t breathe air, only fire. Here are girls who carry kindness And katanas in their rucksacks because they never know which they’ll need. How do you tame girls with wildfire limbs? How do you hold down girls with hurricane hands? Oh, you can’t. Humble hungerer, you’ve just got to help them rise.
• 19 •
PoemsAboutBeingAWoman_INT_mechs.indd 18-19
7/18/18 7:59 AM
Sappho Translated by Anne Carson Deathless Aphrodite of the spangled mind child of Zeus, who twists lures, I beg you do not break with hard pains O lady, my heart! but come here if ever before you caught my voice far off and listening left your father’s golden house and came,
: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO
DEATHLESS APHRODITE OF THE SPANGLED MIND
and what I want to happen most of all in my crazy heart. Whom should I persuade (now again) To lead you back into her love? Who, O Sappho, is wronging you? For if she flies, soon she will pursue. If she refuses gifts, rather she will give them. If she does not love, soon she will love even unwilling. Come to me now: loose me from hard Care and all my heart longs to accomplish, accomplish. You be my ally.
yoking your car. And fine birds brought you quick sparrows over the black earth whipping their wings down the sky through midair— they arrived. But you, O blessed one, smiled in your deathless face and asked what (now again) I have suffered and why (now again) I am calling out
• 20 •
PoemsAboutBeingAWoman_INT_mechs.indd 20-21
• 21 •
7/18/18 7:59 AM
Barbara Guest Atalanta who paces the roadway January wind in her tresses throws leaves against the wall, only her lover waits in the shade adoring his thin magnetic ankles. On Arcadian nights the eager moon has two fellows who hold the balloon, that’s all they have to do, until day cast in bronze makes Atalanta angry and they fall beside a stream of air arms flailing at her strenuous leap, so fair when she promenades Venus proclaims here a glorious follower, if the path her lover takes is steep, perhaps he shall slip and she will bury her tears in his garments,
• 22 •
PoemsAboutBeingAWoman_INT_mechs.indd 22-23
then other nymphs will laugh with her for briefly the promises of mortals are cheerless. Careless Atalanta, that boy once continual shadow prepares for the age of athletes, the ritualistic grass uncovers his apple and bees are stumbling in your sacred pasture.
: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO
ATALANTA IN ARCADIA
Who is there to warn Atalanta that her huntress days are over? Who will tell her of the famous youth pursuing her? And the speed with which her girlhood will be consumed? The sweetness of the capture? If one kind god hiding in the thicket would change that last strophe!
• 23 •
7/18/18 7:59 AM
: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO
7/18/18 7:59 AM PoemsAboutBeingAWoman_INT_mechs.indd 24-25
Don't Tell Me Not to Ask Why Poetry & Prose Samantha King Holmes Maybe all the answers to all your questions are living within you, waiting to be discovered after finding more of yourself. Don’t Tell Me Not to Ask Why, Samantha King Holmes’s second solo poetry collection following her bestselling Born to Love, Cursed to Feel, is a mirror that reflects our honest truths. Holmes’s poems are like little stories, hooking readers while navigating issues like body image, family relationships, loneliness, failed relationships, and finding belonging. Don’t Tell Me Not to Ask Why is a call to introspection, a demand for honesty, and an affirmation of second chances.
Author Details Samantha King Holmes has been writing since the age of 11. She took up the pen during a tough time in her life and it evolved from song writing into poetry. Not always able to articulate how she felt, poetry became her therapy. The compilation of poems over the years takes you through the various stages of her life, almost like a diary. The essence of who she was and is becoming can be found in her words. She currently resides in New York with r.h.Sin. Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$32.99 | NZ$36.99
ISBN
9781524851330
Publisher
AMP
•
Imprint
Andrews McMeel Books
•
Series
NA
Category
Poetry
Format
178 x 127 mm
Extent
112pp
Illustrations
Text only
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
Key Information • •
Holmes has a strong online following: Instagram: 408k followers, Twitter: 17.5k followers, Facebook, 6k followers Holmes's new collection would be promoted by her husband, r.h. Sin, who has 1.3 million Instagram followers, 643k Twitter followers, and 90k Facebook followers. Emphasising self-care and self-help, King's powerful and contemporary message will resonate with a wide audience. First book, Born to Love, Cursed to Feel, has 178 Amazon reviews averaging 4.7 stars.
Let the Children Speak Let’s not talk about it Let’s not address it The lump under the rug still has more room As a child, I was taught not to speak I was young, what did I know As an adult, I was still told not to speak out, it’s disrespectful Didn’t I turn out fine despite the circumstances, wasn’t that enough? You said your best was given That’s a lie I’m no longer able to accept I was the one who had to live with the consequences of adult decisions that didn’t have my best interest in mind You should have just listened You defend yourself, you justify, where you should apologize You treat me as if there is still milk on my breath while expecting an adult to grow from the ashes of my adolescence Expecting no tears to be shed over the desolation of my childhood I think we’ve created a reality where we just don’t talk about what came before We avoid the potholes of our bonds We stopped trying to fill them in long ago So little hope for recovery 6
DontTellMeNot_int.indd 6
12/19/18 9:46 AM
Is it a shock I’ve kept my mouth shut so long? Endured, suffered quietly As if my pain, my anguish had no place in this world Didn’t deserve to be spoken, acknowledged What power I gave everyone over me with my devoted silence I think my childhood died there That’s what dire circumstances do to you You’re a child seeing life through a child’s eyes, being called to be mature enough to handle a situation, but not have an opinion How confusing that our maturity should merely be a convenience when called upon but struck down the minute it’s pointed out the hand they’ve played in it They never want to hear the truth even when we’ve aged and deserve answers How hard it must be to face the product of your not so well thought out decisions in a living, breathing form that continues to ask questions that you don’t feel the need to answer It’s easy to point out my mistakes without taking into consideration how you contributed in making me who I am I’m not looking for perfection here or even an apology I’ve wanted the truth for so long
7
DontTellMeNot_int.indd 7
12/19/18 9:46 AM
and now must accept that’s not something you’re willing to give me
8
DontTellMeNot_int.indd 8
12/19/18 9:46 AM
You Are Here Dawn Lanuza Growth and change – two powerful anthems resonate throughout this collection of poetry and prose that will leave you feeling emboldened and empowered. You Are Here is Dawn Lanuza’s newest collection of contemporary poetry that lends itself to the idea of giving ourselves second chances. These self-healing poems and words draw on central themes of self-love, self-discovery, and empowerment. In order to survive the vicissitudes of life, You Are Here boldly reminds readers to always choose themselves, and in times where it seems impossible, to find the courage and strength to start anew.
Author Details Dawn Lanuza writes contemporary romance, young adult fiction, and poetry. She works for the music industry by day and writes meet cutes and snappy comebacks by night.
Key Information • Publication
01 February 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99
ISBN
9781449497569
Publisher
AMP
Imprint
Andrews McMeel Books
Series
NA
Category
Poetry
Format
178 x 127 mm
Extent
272pp
Illustrations
Text only
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
Now Available
•
Lanuza’s first book, The Boyfriend Backtrack (Anvil), was nominated for the 2015 Filipino Readers’ Choice Award for Romance in English. She has published three other YA/romance novellas in addition to this first book of poetry. Self-published edition debuted at #1 on Amazon's Hot New Releases in Poetry. As of early July 2017, The Last Time I’ll Write About You sat at #4 on Amazon’s list of poetry bestsellers.
What a whiny, self-absorbed girl. She thinks the worst of herself when no one even cared to say a thing or two at all.
9
YouAreHere_int.indd 9
11/26/18 11:15 AM
all this wanting I know about wanting. I wanted a lot of things. As a child, I wanted to have a life-sized baby doll feed it bathe it comb its hair I saw it on TV, and I wanted it wanted it wanted it. As a teenager, I wanted to meet this rock band watch backstage go on tour fall in love with the man I heard their song on the radio and I wanted it wanted it wanted it.
10
YouAreHere_int.indd 10
11/26/18 11:15 AM
Right now, I wanted to be with you catch shows on Friday nights play football shop for records drive around at midnight watch those shows on your couch ruffle your hair touch your face kiss you good night and I want it want it I want you so bad. I know I said I know all about wanting but I don’t know a thing about having.
11
YouAreHere_int.indd 11
11/26/18 11:15 AM
soft magic Upile Chisala From Malawian storyteller Upile Chisala comes a collection of poetry and prose exploring the self, joy, blackness, gender, matters of the heart, spirituality, the experience of Diaspora, and above all, how we survive. Told in five parts, soft magic is a shared healing journey.
Author Details Born in 1994 and raised in Zomba, Malawi, writer Upile Chisala hopes to tell stories from the margins and, through her work, to help others and herself come to terms with pasts, celebrate presents, and confidently dream beautiful futures.
Key Information • • 01 July 2019
•
Binding
Paperback
•
Price
AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99
•
ISBN
9781449499549
Publisher
AMP
Publication
Imprint Series Category
Andrews McMeel Books NA Poetry
Format
203 x 127 mm
Extent
128pp
Illustrations
Text only
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
Together, Upile’s two self-published books – soft magic and Nectar – have sold over 10,000 copies worldwide. Upile is a highly sought-after voice, championing a message of self-love and empowerment. Her readers have called her books “work(s) I will read over and over again” and “a home I can return to often.” soft magic is the first book in a trilogy to include Nectar and an entirely original third collection Upile has been recognised by Elle, Essence, and the Huffington Post as an up-and-coming African literary voice whose poetry is important for women’s empowerment. Upile has a dedicated social media platform: Instagram 44k followers; Twitter 12k followers
soft magic
Maybe this is all the beginning you need, even if it’s poorly held together, made with bare hands, passed down many times over. This is still a start, darling, and you fought for it.
8
Soft Magic Final Interior pages.indd 8
11/12/18 10:54 AM
UPILE CHISALA
I am dripping melanin and honey. I am black without apology.
9
Soft Magic Final Interior pages.indd 9
11/12/18 10:54 AM
soft magic
Get in the habit of celebrating yourself from skin to marrow. You are magic.
10
Soft Magic Final Interior pages.indd 10
11/12/18 10:54 AM
UPILE CHISALA
Today and all days, I am thankful for women of color who love/write/create/emote from the root and never apologize for their magic.
11
Soft Magic Final Interior pages.indd 11
11/12/18 10:54 AM
Paris Pocket Precincts A Pocket Guide to the City's Best Cultural Hangouts, Shops, Bars and Eateries Donna Wheeler
DRAF T
C OV E R
As the world’s most visited city, Paris is a place of fable and fantasy, of elegant boulevards and masterpiece-packed museums, of history and high culture. It’s also a vibrant city exploding with youthful energy and fresh ideas. Join Parisians as they go about their daily life, sharing an apéro at canal-side wine bars, discovering local artisan shops selling everything from perfume to porcelain, lingerie to luggage and dancing in hidden basement clubs to up-and-coming DJs. With this book in hand you’ll get the best of the sights and where the locals go. Paris Pocket Precincts is your curated guide to the city’s best cultural, shopping, eating and drinking experiences. As well as detailed reviews and maps for major attractions through to hidden gems, this guide includes a selection of 'field trips' encouraging you to venture further afield to Versailles, Champagne and Lyon.
Author Details Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781741176308
Publisher
Explore Australia
Writer and content creator Donna Wheeler has been a regular visitor to Paris for decades and a part-time resident for the last five years. The city has been her base while she spent over ten years on the road for Lonely Planet in Europe, Scandinavia and North Africa, reviewing hotels for The Telegraph (UK), writing on contemporary art and design and working on various magazine projects. Her enchantment with the city began via its starring role in New Wave cinema, and while its 19th-century architectural grace and historic frisson still give her goosebumps on a daily basis, it’s Paris' contemporary art and music scene, its many multicultural quartiers and ever evolving culinary culture that really thrills her.
Imprint
General
Key Information
Series
Pocket Precincts
Category
Travel
Format
182 x 130 mm
•
Extent
224pp
•
Illustrations
Full colour throughout
•
Age Range
NA
•
SOR
•
Terms
• •
A compact and light paperback, perfect for slipping into your back pocket. Divided into separate precincts, each featuring the authors' favourite cultural, shopping, eating and drinking places. Includes maps at the back and suggested day trips in the surrounding area. Detailed reviews and maps for major attractions through to hidden gems. This guide includes a selection of 'field trips' encouraging you to venture outside the city. The latest book in the popular precincts series that includes Kyoto, Adelaide, Hanoi and Tokyo. Counter pack available to easily display and promote the guides.
A PERFECT PARIS DAY As the saying goes, Paris is always a good idea, even when most Parisians are asleep. The city isn’t known for its early risers and grabbing a coffee first thing can prove tricky. So after I drag myself out of bed I’ll go for a quick poke around the Marché d’Aligre, or perhaps a quiet stroll up through Cimetière du Père Lachaise. After, I’ll head to Shakespeare & Co café for a café noisette when they open at 9.30am. Then to Musée Rodin to visit my favourite sculptures and drawings before some contemplation in the gardens. If it’s a day for indulging I’ll settle in for a fourcourse Basque blowout at l’Ami Jean, though in summer, I’ll cross the Seine and it’ll be leeks vinaigrette or carpaccio at Maison Maison by the river-facing windows. A postprandial micro-nap might be needed at this point, so I’ll find a chair at the Jardin du Palais-Royal. I’ll then have a window shop beneath its colonnades, swing past Brigitte Tanaka and along the Faubourg St Honore. Or if I need to pick up a shirt or tee, I’ll head to the Marais’ rue des Francs Bourgeois. I’ll peek at the newest installation at the nearby Musée de la Chasse et de la Nature , then grab a sweet treat at Chambelland up in the 11th. On the way out again in the evening, I’ll swing past the Baron Rouge for a sneaky Muscadet, then Velib up to Canal Saint-Martin and try for a table at neobistro Verre Vole or otherwise head to Déviant for standing room small plates, a Tunisian brik and natural wine. I’ll head back to the Seine, lingering along the Bassin de l’Arsenal before home, but if kicking-on is on the cards, I’ll meet friends for barhopping along the rue du Faubourg Saint-Denis with cocktails at Le Syndicat, before a midnight DJ set at Le Java. If I’m in for a really big night or there’s a band I know playing, I’ll head to Pigalle, where things will quite possibly will go on till dawn (did I mention Parisians aren’t early risers?).
vi
1424 Paris PP_2.indd 6-7
vii
1/2/19 9:43 am
LE PREMIER, 1ST ‘Le Premier’ arrondissement is Paris’ literal and historical heart. Over a quarter of it is taken up by the Jardin des Tuileries, so you’ll undoubtedly find yourself in this one-time garden of Catherine de Medici, a beloved public park since the French Revolution. Meander around its ponds, down broad avenues, past (overpriced) cafes and among the hubbub of its summertime funfair. To one side you’ll find the equally historic and expansive Louvre museum (see p. XXX), as well as the rue di Rivoli, the retail golden mile of rue Saint-Honore and the stately Palais-Royal (see p. XXX). Along with the 8th arrondissement, this is also where most of the city’s famed five-star hotels, such as Le Meurice, the Ritz and newcomer Nolinksi, cluster. Les Halles was, until the 1970s, the city’s legendary food market and its surrounding streets are still fun to explore with round-the-clock diners and restaurant supply shops that once serviced the market traders and customers. The 1st also takes in a small slice of the Seine’s largest island, the Île de la Cité (see p. XXX) and the glorious stone Pont de’ Neuf, spanning the Seine, with its dual arches and bronze and equine statue of King Henri IV. Metro: Louvre – Rivoli, Pyramides, Pont Neuf, Chatelet, Palais-Royal
S SIGHT re Louv e L . 1 aume u de P 2. Je IN P G SHOP oyal -R is la tte 3. Pa er de Villa sti a k A a . n 4 a T rigitte 5. B Dehillerin . 6. E
caption to come
1424 Paris PP_2.indd 10-1
EA 7. La TING Pâtis par C serie du M édric Grole eurice EA t 8. Té TING & DRIN lescop K IN G 9. M e a 10. C ison Maiso hez La n Vielle DR 11. Is INKING adora
1
1/2/19 9:44 am
LE PREMIER, 1ST
LE PREMIER, 1ST
7 LA PÂTISSERIE DU MEURICE PAR CÉDRIC GROLET 6 rue de Castiglione, 75001 01 44 58 10 10 www.dorchestercollection.com Open Tues–Sun 12pm–6pm (often earlier) Metro Tuileries [MAP p. 185 B2]
So you’ve had a macaron or two in your time, know your way around a Paris-Brest and are oh so familiar with frangipane fillings? Then Cédric Grolet is your pâtissier. The official pastry chef for 5-star Hotel Meurice, and voted the best in the world in 2017, Grolet’s creations were once only available for hotel guests and those taking tea. Now his brass and stone workshop just around the corner welcomes all, and staff toil over tarts, glaze fruit and pipe crème-patissiere in front of your eyes. Grolet’s style rests firmly in French tradition but he uses far less sugar, and he’s fond of riffing on the natural flavours of a key ingredient. His famous trompe-l’oeil apples, a kouglof or tart to share come glamorously packaged and are surprisingly affordable. In-shop photo ops are encouraged – it’s all a joyful celebration of the seasons and the pâtissier’s art. Note: the shop closes once the day’s wares are sold; if you’re after a large tart, order 48 hours in advance. 10
1424 Paris PP_2.indd 10-11
8 TÉLESCOPE 5 rue Villedo, 75001 01 42 61 33 14 No website Open Mon–Fri 8.30am–5pm, Sat 9.30am–6.30pm Metro Pyramides [MAP p. 185 B2]
POCKET TIP For gluten-free, try these cafes: Chambelland Boulangerie (11th); Helmut Newcake (9th); Noglu Restaurant & Épicerie (2nd); Wild and the Moon (various locations).
POCKET TIP For specialist roasters and ‘third wave’ cafes head to Honor (1e); Matamata (2nd); Coutume (7th); Lomi (18th).
One of the vanguard figures in Paris’ coffee revolution, Nicolas Clerc is still turning out perfect café noisettes and café crèmes from locally roasted beans on his Marzocco espresso machine daily at Télescope, a firm favourite with the city’s coffee cognoscenti. Nic and his band of bilingual regulars are always up for a chat; ‘I baked the financiers myself … do you think they’re moist enough?’ he may enquire when you come to pay your bill. Delightfully unassuming and friendly, Télescope does however have notable exactitudes – the carefully sourced soughdough bread used in its sandwiches, good croissants; and the deliciously perverse step to declare itself a wifi- and laptop-free zone in an increasingly wired city. If the tables and stools are all taken, grab yours to go, and head to that sublimely pretty, rose-filled Jardin du Palais Royal.
11
1/2/19 9:44 am
LE PREMIER, 1ST
11 ISADORA 60 rue Jean-Jacques Rousseau, 75001 09 53 13 67 70 www.isadora.paris Open Tues–Sat 6pm–2am Metro Palais Royal–Musée du Louvre, Etienne Marcel [MAP p. 185 B2]
Paris is suddenly full of ‘secret’ bars in basements and self-proclaimed speakeasies, though social media coverage make many seem like just another tourist-clad (overpriced) drinking hole. Where to go when you want a deliciously louche interior, a touch of exclusive frisson and a credible DJ soundtrack? Isadora invites high-heels and eyeliner, but T-shirts will work as well, and there’s no queues and no attitude. The little shopfront place’s 19th-century murals of deep green exotic forests conjure places distant in time and place and the cocktails, spirits and sparklings on offer are all French, all top shelf. There’s also the occasional surprise, from rock star live sets, performance art pop-ups, a burlesque and the odd famous indie actor doing shots at the bar. During Paris Fashion Week in October and February, and the FIAC and ParisPhoto art fairs, call ahead to make sure it’s not closed for private functions.
14
1424 Paris PP_2.indd 14-15
15
1/2/19 9:44 am
SENTIER, MONTORGUEIL & BOURSE, 2ND
SENTIER, MONTORGUEIL & BOURSE, 2ND
3 ESPACE KILIWATCH
4 SÉZANE
64 rue Tiquetonne, 75002 espacekiliwatch.fr 01 42 21 17 37 Open Mon–Sat 10.30am– 7.30pm Metro Étienne Marcel, Sentier [MAP p. 185 B2]
1 rue Saint Fiacre, 75002 www.sezane.com Open Tues–Sat 11am–8pm Metro Grands Boulevards, Bonne Nouvelle [MAP p. 185 B2]
‘Vintage shopping’ in Paris can often mean a visit to byappointment only dealers who trade in couture or designer pieces that sell for far more than their contemporary counterparts. If you’re looking for down-to-earth prices, Kikiwatch offers the more usual endless racks of preloved pieces experience. While you’re not necessarily going to uncover any charity shop bargains here, you will find a helpfully themed, range of ‘fripes’ (old clothes), all in great condition, to pour over, including a whole section dedicated to striped Breton tees. New stock includes jeans, limited-edition sneakers, sunglasses, accessories and seasonal ranges, like French espridrilles in summer or toasty locally sourced knits in winter. Plus there’s a nicely curated selection of fashion press in the magazine carrousels. Alexandre Voisin and staff are a hoot and happy to help; if you’re a jeans addict, say hi to the bearded Jacques Grosz, who is bonafide Insta-famous and one of Paris’ leading denim experts. 20
1424 Paris PP_2.indd 20-21
POCKET TIP
POCKET TIP The last millinery atelier in central Paris, Anthony Peto (56 rue Tiquetonne) turns out traditional styles with a twist at reasonable prices.
Deamain (3 rue SaintFiacre) is Sézane’s charity shop, selling clothes from previous seasons and samples, open 21st to 31st of each month.
Whether you’re already hooked on the jeans, jumpers and French-girl florals of this affordable, casual online brand or not, Morgane Sézalory’s bricks and mortar flagship – known as l’apartement, and yes it does feel like a light, feminine Parisian home – is a delight. Here you can see, and try on, all the looks you’ve wish-listed, or, if it’s your first encounter, be totally seduced into the Sézane lifestyle. And lifestyle it is, with head-totoe women’s fashion –shoes, bags, scarves and jewellery, plus a growing collection of homewares, not available online. It also stocks books, stationery and other suitcase friendly gifts. If you’re handbag shopping, complimentary hot-stamping of your initials is done daily after noon, and if you’re keen for any particular style (runs are often limited) order online up to two weeks before you’re due in Paris, then pick up at the next door ‘concierge’.
21
1/2/19 9:44 am
London Pocket Precincts A Pocket Guide to the City's Best Cultural Hangouts, Shops, Bars and Eateries Penny Watson
DRAF T
C OV E R
London is one of the world’s grandest cities, rivalling Paris and Rome for iconic buildings and stately architecture, and New York for world-class creativity, fashion and culture. It’s an ever-evolving city, a multicultural melting pot with residents from around the globe speaking more than 300 languages, but it also retains those very loveable English traditions that are as steeped in the city's fabric as a good pot of tea.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781741176322
Publisher
Explore Australia
Imprint
General
Series
Pocket Precincts
Category
Travel
Format
182 x 130 mm
Extent
200pp
Illustrations
Full colour throughout
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
London Pocket Precincts is your curated guide to the city’s best cultural, shopping, eating and drinking experiences. From hip Bermondsey with its markets and wine bars to affluent Knightsbridge’s grand department stores; from Covent Garden’s shopping to the gentrified Kings Cross; whether you’ve been to London many times or this is your first visit, with this book in hand you’ll discover the personality of each precinct. As well as detailed reviews and maps for major attractions through to hidden gems, this guide includes a selection of 'field trips' encouraging you to venture further afield to Greenwich, Bath, Henley and Brighton. Slip this guide into your pocket and head off on an adventure, experiencing the hippest places in London and surrounds like a local.
Author Details Award-winning writer, journalist and author Penny Watson has lived in London twice over the past two decades. She married Philip King, an Englishman with a fittingly regal name, and has adopted his family during summer vacations ever since. Penny has travelled the world, written feature articles for countless magazines, newspapers and blogs, and researched a number of guidebooks including Hong Kong Precincts , one of the predecessor titles to the Pocket Precincts series. She is currently working on three upcoming titles for Hardie Grant Travel, Slow Travel – A Movement , Hong Kong Pocket Precincts and Ultimate Campsites: Australia . She is a member of both the British Guild of Travel Writers, and Australian Society of Travel Writers. She currently resides in Melbourne with Philip and her two children Digby and Etienne.
Key Information • • • • • • •
A compact and light paperback, perfect for slipping into your back pocket. Divided into separate precincts, each featuring the authors' favourite cultural, shopping, eating and drinking places. Includes maps at the back and suggested day trips in the surrounding area. Detailed reviews and maps for major attractions through to hidden gems. This guide includes a selection of 'field trips' encouraging you to venture outside the city. The latest book in the popular precincts series that includes Kyoto, Adelaide, Hanoi and Tokyo. Counter pack available to easily display and promote the guides.
A PERFECT LONDON DAY My perfect days in London are many and varied. This is just one. Start central in Covent Garden at Fabrique Artisan Bakery where breakfast comes in the form of flaky cinnamon and cardamom buns. Stroll to Trafalgar Square for an obligatory photo by Nelson’s Column. Meander back through Seven Dials to Covent Garden Market taking a sneak-peek at Super Superficial T-shirts and Tatty Devine jewellery bling along the way. Enjoy the festive atmosphere of the market’s buskers and stalls before navigating your way to Somerset House to check-out the bookshop, exhibitions and architecture. Cross the Waterloo Bridge and enjoy the boats and the views along the River Thames as you go. On the other side, London’s South Bank promenade is a buzzy place where you can marvel at the oak tree avenues, book market, skaters and ice-cream eating crowd before continuing south along the Thames Path to London Eye observation wheel. Decide to ride or save your sky-high sightseeing for later in the day. From here the Thames Clipper ferry (or the 25-minute Thames Path walk) will drop you downriver at the brown-brick Tate Modern, in the former Bankside Power Station. Enjoy contemporary art with the downloadable highlights tour then head to Tate Modern Restaurant, on level 9, for lunch or just enjoy the Thames views. From up here you’ll see the Millennium Footbridge, which is directly aligned with St Paul’s Cathedral. If your legs are still working cross the bridge for a closer look, otherwise continue along the river past Shakespeare’s Globe from where it’s a 10-minute walk to open-air Borough Market, another perfect lunch spot and London’s oldest market with vendors selling fresh produce and European delicacies. If you didn’t do London Eye earlier, catch panoramic views on the 72nd floor (open-air top) of The Shard for sunset. You can tick off most of London’s icons including nearby Tower Bridge and Tower of London. Next stop is Bermondsey High Street’s José Tapas Bar for authentic Spanish and a glass of cava. Alternatively, 40 Maltby Street does natural wine and share plates with a French spin. From here, the craft brewers along Bermondsey Beer Mile are your key to a late night. Alternatively, from The Shard, head back to Soho for dim sum at Bao or Sri Lankan at Hoppers and a West End theatre show. vi
1412 LONDON PP_2.indd 6-7
vii
24/1/19 10:54 am
COVENT GARDEN
COVENT GARDEN
1 COVENT GARDEN MARKET
2 SOMERSET HOUSE
The Market Bldg, 41, WC2E 8RF 020 7420 5856 www.coventgarden.london Open Mon–Sat 10am–7pm, Sun 11am–4pm Tube Covent Garden [MAP p. 165 F4]
Somerset House, Strand, WC2R 1LA 020 7845 4600 www.somersethouse.org.uk Open Mon–Tues 10am–6pm, Wed–Fri 11am–8pm, Sat–Sun 10am–6pm Tube Covent Garden [MAP p. 179 B1]
Older Brits speak sentimentally about the old Covent Garden Market and the ‘real Londoner’ stallholders – women with cigarettes stuck to their bottom lip selling flowers, men in big coats breathing out steam as they hauled boxes of broccoli around. Today’s market, which moved here in 1974, does lack some of the barter and bustle of the original (you can only imagine what it would have been like in the 18th century), but the retail hub is still eye-popping and wonderfully London with bunting and Union Jack flags. The neoclassical covered market building, in the middle of the piazza, is made up of two inner courtyards, where opera singers and knife jugglers entertain, while you pop between cafes, shops, eateries and stalls. The Apple Market has crafty bags, jewellery and indie clothes stalls, a contrast to the heritage Central Arcade with its bespoke perfumes and artisan gelato shops. Jubilee market is a kitsch joint selling antiques and tacky souvenirs on alternate days. 2
1412 LONDON PP_2.indd 2-3
POCKET TIP High-end international brands surround the market, alongside London Transport Museum, St Paul’s Church and the Royal Opera House.
POCKET TIP In summer, the central courtyard is alive with dancing water fountains, whereas in winter you’ll find an ice-skating rink. Both good fun.
It’s an imposing neoclassical building, sure, but it’s not until you’re in the inner courtyard of the city’s preeminent arts hub and surrounded by four-storey palatial windows, grandiose colonnaded balconies and a flag-topped green dome that you get a sense of how impressive this place is. What’s more, you can just walk straight in off the street – no admission fees, no queues, no fuss. It’s worth a visit for the architectural snoop alone, but this is home to creatives, artists and makers. Navigate around revolving installations, exhibitions, workshops, live music gigs and talks. Spend a leisurely hour in the Rizzoli Bookshop, with its eye-catching hard covers. If time allows sip on a spritzer on the terrace overlooking the Thames or try the zerowaste pre-theatre menu at Skye Gyngell’s restaurant, Spring. The famed Courtauld Gallery, which charges admission, is undergoing a two-year renovation. 3
24/1/19 10:54 am
COVENT GARDEN
3 TATTY DEVINE 44 Monmouth St, WC2H 9EP 020 7836 2685 www.tattydevine.com Open Mon–Sat 10.30am–7pm, Sun 11.30am–5pm Tube Covent Garden [MAP p. 165 D2]
Independent British stores are hard to come by in one of the worlds’ most expensive retail precincts, so Tatty Devine, owned by two Londoners, is a bit of a find. The white painted shop facade nicely frames a showcase of happy-happy joyjoy jewellery, so frivolous and upbeat in colour and design it makes you skip a little. Choose from gorgeous glittery mirrored rainbow necklaces, a quartet of coloured star earrings, big red lipped brooches and mintgreen Gin backpacks from the classics range. Seasonal lines have natty themes such as London Pride and feminism. For a real treat-to-self have a bespoke necklace made with your name, or your girlfriend’s, sprawled across it.
4
1412 LONDON PP_2.indd 4-5
COVENT GARDEN
4 SUPER SUPERFICIAL 22 Earlham St, WC2H 9LN 020 7240 6116 www.supersuperficial.com Open Mon–Sat 11am–7pm, Sun 12pm–7pm Tube Covent Garden [MAP p. 164 C2]
I love a good ‘T’ and, when rubbed between thumb and index finger, the thick soft quality cotton of Super Superficial T-shirts is reason enough to step into this corner local with a heritage shopfront. As well as ticking the box for comfort, these unisex T-shirts are created by artists and unique to this label. The smart designs could see them sitting comfortably in a co-working space as much as at your local. Choose from two dozen designs, from humorous stylised sketches such as Doggy – a poodle with an eccentric hair-do by Kamwei Fong, to more graphic designs like Jenga – a tower of falling blocks by Toma Vagner. The T-shirts come in black, white and contemporary shades straight from the pantone chart. Sweatshirts and hoodies are also available in the same designs and there is a small selection of sunglasses in the window. The T-shirts are discounted if you buy more than one.
5
24/1/19 10:54 am
COVENT GARDEN
COVENT GARDEN
5 ROCOCO CHOCOLATES
6 HOMESLICE 13 Neal’s Yard, WC2H 9DP 020 3151 7488 www.homeslicepizza.co.uk/ Open Mon-Sun 12pm–11pm Tube Covent Garden [MAP p. 165 D1]
38 Earlham St, WC2H 9LH 020 3887 6845 Open Mon–Sat 11am–7.30pm, Sun 12pm–6pm www.rococochocolates.com Tube Covent Garden [MAP p. 165 D2]
Roald Dahl’s Charlie and the Chocolate Factory was the inspiration behind much of the produce in this colourful blue-shuttered shop in Seven Dials, dedicated to all things chocolate. Its founder, Chantal Coady, has been selling artisan single-origin chocolate since 1983. Such is her dedication, she became the first to receive an OBE (Officer of the Most Excellent Order of the British Empire) for ‘Services to Chocolate Making’. Proof of her passion is in the produce with a line of chocolate bars dedicated to Dahl’s famed novels such as a scrumptious peach-flavoured white chocolate bar, a la James and the Giant Peach. Coady’s second love, design, is to thank for the exceptional packaging, which turns each little sweettooth offering – be it a bag of jelly beans or drinking chocolate into an exquisite gift. There’s a white-glove selection of single chocolates and truffles, or try artisan chocolate bar flavours such as orange blossom, and Persian lime. 6
1412 LONDON PP_2.indd 6-7
POCKET TIP Around the corner at 7 Mercer Street, Stanfords is an iconic travel bookshop and map emporium.
Tracking down Homeslice for a 20-inch, wood-fired pizza has the added bonus of getting you to Neal’s Yard, a leafy sunlit courtyard enclosed by lofty thin terrace houses with bottom-level shops and cafes. It’s a little London surprise that reminds me of something you’d find in Amsterdam. But back to Homeslice. These guys started with a mobile pizza oven serving authentic Italian pizza to festival goers. It was so adored by the munchie crowd that the business moved into Neal’s Yard and have since spawned four other eateries. Nab one of the few first-comefirst served outdoor seats or settle on wooden bench seats indoors and check the blackboard menu for out-there specialties that include a kimchi, porcini cream and basil pizza or a four-cheese, jalapeno salsa and rye crumb pizza. Buy the full 20-inch or go for just a slice and pair it with a craft beer or Aperol Spritz. There’s take-away too.
7
24/1/19 10:54 am
SOHO With a buzz that’s palpable, Soho is London’s party place, its streets crowded with cool-as-funk eateries and loud bars where patrons spill onto the footpath with merry abandon. All those famous London shopping streets: Oxford, Regent, Carnaby, and squares: Leicester, Trafalgar and Piccadilly Circus, are here. A visit to London wouldn’t be complete without seeing a show – or several so head to The West End theatre district, at its heart is Shaftsbury Avenue (see p. XXX), with its famed theatres and dazzling billboards. You’ll find longstanding classics, iconic musicals and plays, as well as new ones often starring famed film and TV actors. Soho’s pre- and post-theatre dining scene buzzes, and the area is also famously LGBTQI friendly – even the letterboxes are painted in rainbow colours. Chinatown is another string to Soho’s bow. You could dine at on-trend eateries Bao (see p. XXX) or Hoppers (see p. XXX) before seeing a show, then end the evening with a cocktail or two at Opium (see p. XXX), one of Chinatown’s best-kept secrets (until now). So, detour off Oxford and Regent streets, grab a theatre ticket (see p. XXX), and head into Soho’s backstreets.
S SIGHT ury Avenue b s ft a ait h 1. S tional Portr a 2. N llery Ga PING SHOP y Street b a n r ds a 3. C onica Recor h 4. P ign Vintage e 5. R
EA 6. B TING a 7. H o opper s DR 8. Th INKING 9. O e London G pium in Clu b
Tube: Leicester Square, Oxford Circus, Piccadilly Circus, Charing Cross, Tottenham Court Road
caption to come
1412 LONDON PP_2.indd 12-13
13
24/1/19 10:54 am
Also Available in the Pocket Precincts Series:
Price ISBN
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
Price AU$19.99 | NZ$24.99
Price AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
Price AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
9781741176278
ISBN 9781741175172
ISBN 9781741175547
ISBN
9781741175530
Free counter pack also available! Holds 8 copies! GTIN: 9349685007692 Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781741176247
ISBN
9781741176285
Order through your rep
Wollongong, South Coast & Southern Highlands Street Directory 24th ed UBD Gregory's
The latest edition of UBD Gregory's Wollongong, South Coast & Southern Highlands Street Directory has been fully updated with over 60 new streets. There is further development shown for subdivisions at Calderwood and Horsley and new subdivisions at Dunmore and Kiama. Featuring 59 maps covering Wollongong and the Surrounding areas of Kiama, Berry, Nowra and Shoalhaven Heads as well as 24 regional town maps, this directory will ensure you find your way around Wollongong and Surrounds, the NSW South Coast and the Southern Highlands.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$24.99
ISBN
9780731931880
Publisher
UBD Gregory's
Imprint
Regional SD
Series
No Series
Category
Travel
Format
216 x 283 mm
Extent
192pp
Illustrations
Full colour
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
South Australia State & Suburban Map 570 29th ed UBD Gregory's
The latest edition of the South Australia State and Suburban map has been fully revised and updated and includes the following: State map coverage at a scale of 1 : 1 900 000 with an index to the towns and localities featured on this map. Features a regional map at a scale of 1 : 1 100 000 covering 150km around Adelaide.
Suburban map coverage  of Adelaide and surrounds north to Gawler south to Willunga and Strathalbyn, west to Tungkillo and along the gulf from Middle Beach in the north to Sellicks Beach in the south.
Index to Suburbs and localities included on the suburban map.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paper Map
Price
AU$9.99 | NZ$12.99
ISBN
9780731932191
Publisher
UBD Gregory's
Imprint
Maps
Series
State Map
Category
Travel
Format
1000 x 690 mm
Extent
1pp
Illustrations
Full colour
Age Range
NA
Terms
FS
With all this information included on this handy sized fold out map this is an essential tool to have with you when travelling around South Australia and Adelaide.
Adelaide City Pocket Map 560 14th ed UBD Gregory's
The latest edition of the Adelaide City Pocket has been fully revised and updated and includes the following: City map in handy pocket size. 1 : 5 000 detailed coverage of the Adelaide CBD including building and hotel names, theatres, shopping centres, parking stations and hospitals plus an index to the buildings. 1 : 10 000 coverage of Adelaide and North Adelaide. Suburban coverage north to Elizabeth and Williamstown, south to Noarlunga Centre and Mt Barker. Suburbs & localities index for the locations featured on the suburban map. A list of suburban highlights. Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paper Map
Price
AU$6.99 | NZ$9.99
ISBN
9780731932207
Publisher
UBD Gregory's
Imprint
Maps
Series
City Map
Category
Travel
Format
750 x 540 mm
Extent
1 pp
Illustrations
Full colour
Age Range
NA
Terms
FS
With all this information contained in 1 handy pocket sized fold out map this is an essential too to carry with you when working in or visiting Adelaide.
Brisbane City Pocket Map 460 23rd ed UBD Gregory's
The latest edition of the Brisbane City Pocket has been fully revised and updated and includes the following: City map in handy pocket size. 1 : 5 000 detailed coverage of the Brisbane CBD, Petrie Terrace, Spring Hill and South Brisbane including building and hotel names, theatres, shopping centres, parking stations and hospitals plus an index to the buildings. Suburban coverage north to Burpengary, east Cleveland, south to Beenleigh and west to Ipswich. Suburbs & localities index for the locations featured on the suburban map. A list of suburban highlights.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paper Map
Price
AU$6.99 | NZ$9.99
ISBN
9780731932214
Publisher
UBD Gregory's
Imprint
Maps
Series
City Map
Category
Travel
Format
750 x 540 mm
Extent
1 pp
Illustrations
Full colour
Age Range
NA
Terms
FS
With all this information contained in 1 handy pocket sized fold out map this is an essential too to carry with you when working in or visiting Brisbane.
South Eastern Queensland Map 431 8th ed UBD Gregory's
The latest edition of the South Eastern Queensland map has been fully revised and updated and includes regional coverage from Murgon, Gympie and Double Island Point in the north, Tenterfield and Evans Head (NSW) in the south, Columboola in the west and east along the coast from Double Island Point to Evans Head. There is also an index to towns included on this coverage. There is also a smaller regional map at a scale of 1: 2 600 000 indicating the location of the towns and covering from Brovinia in the north, Deepwater (NSW) in the south and east along the coast from Rainbow Beach in the north to Bundjalung National Park (NSW) in the south & west to Glenmorgan. Also included are street level maps at a scale at 1 : 20 000 for: the Gympie area including Araluen and Southside; Maroochydore and the surrounding suburbs including Buderim and Alexandra Headland; the Noosa area including the suburbs of Tewantin and Sunrise Beach. There is also a street level map of Surfers Paradise from Main Beach in the north to Broadbeach in the south (at a scale of 1: 15 000), plus a map of Toowoomba town centre at a scale of 1 : 10 000. Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paper Map
Price
AU$9.99 | NZ$12.99
ISBN
9780731932221
Publisher
UBD Gregory's
Imprint
Maps
Series
Touring Map
Category
Travel
Format
920 x 690 mm
Extent
1 pp
Illustrations
Full colour
Age Range
NA
Terms
FS
This conveniently sized map is packed with information and is an essential tool when travelling around South Eastern Queensland.
Marco Polo Handbooks
Marco Polo Handbook Madeira ISBN 9783829768450 Extent 244pp
Marco Polo Handbook Sri Lanka ISBN 9783829768467 Extent 442pp
Marco Polo Handbook Vietnam ISBN
9783829768474
Extent 501pp
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$32.99 | NZ$36.99
Publisher
Marco Polo
Imprint
Marco Polo
Series
NA
Category
Travel
Format
190 x 125 mm
Illustrations
Full colour
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
Marco Polo Handbook Iceland ISBN 9783829768184 Extent 358pp
New for 2019 – fresh new cover design with handy book band to make these visually inspiring guides even more user-friendly. Marco Polo’s Handbooks includes: • Elegant, new look cover design New, colourful elastic book band ideal for use as a bookmark. • Curated, comprehensive advice offering detailed cultural information, thorough planning information and Insider Tips for the curious traveller. • Unique infographics present invaluable information in a visually striking way condensing a large amount of information into a quick reference format. • Superb 3D illustrations provide vivid, behind-the-scenes insight into the country's topography. • A-Z structure for easy navigation and quick reference. • Hidden gems and well-kept secrets are revealed so travellers can see beyond the top sights • Large, fully-indexed pull out map handily placed in a high quality plastic wallet at the back of the book which can also be used as a storage pocket. • Detailed and concise, non-prescriptive reference for the independent traveller.
Author Details Marco Polo is synonymous with travel and the perfect brand name for a travel guide publisher. They have an experienced team with many years of expertise in successfully producing and selling cartographic products and travel guides. They offer an extensive range of high quality publications, including Marco Polo Guides – the guides with Insider Tips, Spiral Guides, Travel Handbooks, traditional folded maps, laminated city & holiday maps, road atlases and phrasebooks.
Marco Polo Spiral Guides
Marco Polo Spiral Guide Lake Garda ISBN 9783829755535 Extent 196pp
Marco Polo Spiral Guide Lanzarote ISBN 9783829755542 Extent 210pp
Marco Polo Spiral Guide Vancouver ISBN
9783829755559
Extent 214pp
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99
Publisher
Marco Polo
Imprint
Marco Polo
Series
NA
Category
Travel
Format
180 x 130 mm
Illustrations
Full colour
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
Marco Polo Spiral Guide Venice ISBN 9783829755566 Extent 222pp
New for 2019 – fresh new cover design, new format and optimised page design. Colourful, inspirational, itinerary-based guides in a unique spiral bound format ideal for the last-minute traveller. • • • • • • • • • •
New, smaller and even more portable format – easily fits in a coat pocket or rucksack for instant, on-the-spot orientation. Fresh new user-friendly page design – makes the content even more readily accessible for use on the ground. Fully revised and updated throughout. Inspiration – inspirational ideas from dawn till dusk. Each chapter includes 'My Special Day', a tour exploring an area or a different aspect of the destination. Information – straight to the point! A unique questioning structure highlights the key points for all Top 10 sights in a fun and highly accessible way. Relaxation – every sight has a suggestion for time out so visitors can pause and savour the moment. Unique spiral bound format – lays flat or folds back on itself so it's ready at the page the traveller needs. Road atlas and pull out map – a bound in road atlas and removable pull out map in a high-quality plastic wallet at the back of the guide. Still only $24.99 – unbeatable value!
Author Details Marco Polo is synonymous with travel and the perfect brand name for a travel guide publisher. They have an experienced team with many years of expertise in successfully producing and selling cartographic products and travel guides. They offer an extensive range of high quality publications, including Marco Polo Guides – the guides with Insider Tips, Spiral Guides, Travel Handbooks, traditional folded maps, laminated city & holiday maps, road atlases and phrasebooks.
STEM Quest (Maths): Fabulous Figures and Cool Calculations Packed with amazing maths facts and over 30 fun experiments Colin Stuart
Mathematics is the language of the universe, everything around us! Can you crack it and become an incredible maths genius? Play awesome number bingo, make chocolate crispy cakes with the ingredient ratios, build a 3D pyramid, create your own unique tessellation masterpiece, and much more! With over 30 fantastic activities, extraordinary facts and stats and cool illustrations, this amazing STEM book will inspire you to become a top-notch number cruncher.
Publication
01 June 2019
The STEM editorial consultant is Georgette Yakman, founding researcher and creator of the integrative STEAM framework.
Binding
Paperback
Author Details
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781783123490
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Imprint
Carlton Books
Series
NA
Category
Child Non Fiction
Format
270 x 216 mm
•
Extent
80pp
•
Illustrations
Four-colour illustrations and photographs
•
Age Range
7 and up
•
Terms
SOR
Available 1 June 2019
Colin Stuart has written more than half a dozen science books and over 150 popular science titles for publications including The New Scientist, BBC Focus and the European Space Agency. Colin is also a science speaker who talks to tens of thousands of people about astronomy every year, ranging from schools to conferences and businesses. He is a Fellow of the Royal Astronomical Society and in 2014 he was awarded runner-up in the European Astronomy Journalism Prize.
Key Information •
An inspiring new activity book designed to engage and entertain young minds, with incredible challenges, quizzes and do-at-home experiments. Features quality, contemporary "this ain't no school book" illustrations and graphics. Includes easy-to-follow, step-by-step instructions for the activities and experiments with bite-size text explaining scientific facts and stats. Part of an exciting new series; other titles are on the subjects of Science, Technology and Engineering. The STEM editorial consultant is Georgette Yakman, founding researcher and creator of the integrative STEAM framework and CEO of STEAM Education.
Adding and Subtracting
what’s the
BIG idea?
WHAT’S GOING ON?
N COLUM
N O I T I D D A
PLACE VALUE The value of a digit depends on its place in a number. Each place has a value 10 times the place to the right. If we want to count higher than nine, we start a new “tens” column to the left. If we want to count higher than 99, we start a new “hundreds” column to the left, and so on.
You can add numbers with two or more digits together by using column addition. Write the numbers in a column, one below the other. Then add up the numbers in the ones column. If this number is 10 or more, you write the last digit down and add the first digit to the bottom of the tens column. Then add up all the numbers in that column to get a total.
We use addition and subtraction all the time in our everyday lives to calculate amounts. Let’s take a closer look at these simple yet incredibly important calculations. 3
what’s the
BIG idea?
thousands
ADDING AND TAKING AWAY Addition is finding a total when you add two or more quantities of things. If you have 3 bananas and 2 apples, then you have 5 (that’s 3 + 2) pieces of fruit in total. Subtraction is finding out what you have left if you remove some things. If you eat 1 of 4 apples, then you only have 3 (that’s 4 – 1) pieces of fruit left.
plus symbol
IN FACT. . .
SYMBOLS
Humans have been adding and subtracting for thousands of years. But the way we write plus and minus symbols has changed over time. The ancient Egyptians, who lived over 2,000 years ago, had their own symbols (below). The symbols + and – first appeared in a book published in Europe in 1518.
+
-
5
hundreds
tens
ANY WHICH WAY It doesn’t matter what order you add things together: 2 + 3 and 3 + 2 both equal 5.
56 + 27 83 1
N O I T C A R AND SUBT
2
To subtract numbers using columns in a similar way, put the number you want to take away from at the top. Start with the right (ones) column and take the bottom number away from the top one. If the top number is of lower value than the bottom number, you will to need to borrow a 10 from the left (tens) column, as shown here.
ones
WHO WAS RECORDE? minus symbol
WHAT’S GOING ON?
7
tens ones
Robert Recorde (1512–1558) was a Welsh mathematician who invented the equals sign =.
tens ones
4
1
56 - 27 29
TRY THIS AT HOME
R O T A L U C CAL
S M SU
604 7
8
9
4
5
6
X
1
2
3
-
0
.
+
Have you ever noticed that some numbers on a calculator can spell out a word if you turn the calculator upside down? Complete these sums on a handheld calculator, then flip it upside down to reveal the name of an animal.
107 + 282 + 215 = ? 88 + 161 + 89 = ? 27432 + 7574 = ? 199 + 198 + 197 + 139 = ?
ancient Egyptian symbols for plus and minus
8
ANSWERS ARE AT THE BACK OF THE BOOK
9
Multiplying and Dividing Now that you know how to add and subtract, let’s take a look at multiplication and division. Multiplication is repeated addition. Division is splitting into equal parts, or sharing equally.
what’s the
Multiplication is really just a quick way to add things up. If you have 5 boxes and they each have 4 chocolate bars in them, then you can calculate the total number of bars by writing 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 = 20. But it is quicker to write 5 x 4 = 20.
"X"
5 X 4 = 20 what’s the
BIG idea?
DIVISION Division is all about calculating how many parts make up a whole. If you take 10 chocolate bars and you want to share them equally between 5 people, then you divide 10 by 5 to figure out how many bars each person gets: 10 ÷ 5 = 2.
To multiply numbers with more than one digit, write the numbers in columns. Say you wanted to multiply 5 x 178. First, multiply the two right-hand numbers together: 5 x 8 = 40. Put the 0 under the ones column and carry the 4 over to the bottom of the tens column.
178 X 5 89 0 3 4
To divide 578 ÷ 3, write the sum down like this: 3 578 3 goes into 5 once remainder 2, so put a 1 above the 5 and carry the 2 to the tens column. 3 goes into 27 nine times, so put 9 above the 7. 3 goes into 8 twice remainder 2, so put a 2 above the 8 and write remainder 2. So, 578 ÷ 3 = 192 remainder 2.
1 9 2 remainder 2 2 3 578
PUZZLE ZONE
C I M O R PALIND
N O I T MULTIPLICA A palindrome is a word that reads the same forwards as it does backwards – Hannah, Mum, level and racecar are all good examples. Even sentences can be palindromes. Try “Was it a car or a cat I saw?”
The multiplication symbol, x, is often, but not always, used. Sometimes you see . used instead. So 2 . 3 = 6. And, as we’ll see later in the book, when doing equations or algebra (see p. 70), the x is dropped entirely to avoid confusing it with the letter x. Rather than 2 x x, you just write 2x.
10
N O I S A C T I I L I O V I P A D N I N D T L U M
Then, 5 x 1 = 5. Add the 3 carried over to make 8. So, 5 x 178 = 890.
MULTIPLICATION
N O I T A C I L P I T L U M
COLUMN
Next, 5 x 7 = 35. Add the 4 carried over to get 39. Write the 9 in the tens column and carry the 3 over to the bottom of the hundreds column.
BIG idea?
WHAT’S GOING ON?
WHAT’S GOING ON?
143 X 7 = ? 22 X 12 = ? 99 X 21 = ? 407 X 3 = ? 33 X 11 = ? 19 X 5 = ?
Numbers can be palindromic problems, too. The answers to some of these multiplication calculations are palindromes. Can you figure out which ones they are?
10 ÷ 5 = 2
ANSWERS ARE AT THE BACK OF THE BOOK
11
Positive and Negative Numbers
TRY THIS AT HOME
REASURE T E T A R I P
N G E L E L A H C
All numbers above zero are positive numbers. For every positive number, there is a negative number on the exact opposite side of zero on a number line.
what’s the
BIG idea?
THE NUMBER LINE A number line is a helpful way for us to see numbers in order, starting with negative numbers on the left side, moving up through zero and into positive numbers on the right side.
— 200 — 190 — 180 — 170 — 160 — 150
You are a pirate captain looking for a place to bury your treasure. You spot a deserted island. Will it be a safe place to hide your booty?
— 140
You will need:
— 110
✔ A die
✔ A pen
✔ A button to use as a counter
✔ Paper
— 130 — 120 — 100 — 90 — 80 — 70
-10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
— 60 — 50 NEGATIVE NUMBERS
ZERO
— 40
POSITIVE NUMBERS
— 30
IN FACT. . .
WHAT’S GOING ON?
ZERO The idea of zero hasn’t always been around. Numbers started off as a way to count things when ancient peoples traded goods, such as swapping one animal for three bags of grain. People didn’t really need a symbol for zero. Does swapping zero barrels for zero bales of hay make any sense? Not really.
A placeholder
— 10
Over 4,000 years ago, people started using a zero. At first it was a placeholder to tell the difference between numbers. For instance, a zero helps us tell the difference between 74, 704 and 740. We use a zero as a placeholder when there is no other number needed there.
— -10
— 0 — -20 — -30 — -40 — -50
IN FACT. . .
In the real world
3 8
12
— 20
thousands hundreds
4
0
tens
ones
Engineers and other experts consider the height of hills and the depths of lakes and other natural landmarks before installing phone towers, or building dams, reservoirs or wind turbines.
— -60 — -70 — -80 — -90 — -100
NEED TO KNOW: • Sea level is the term used to describe how high something is compared to the level of the sea. • When you set foot on the shore, you are at 0 m sea level. • If you walk into the ocean, your feet will be below sea level, and when you reach 1 m down, you will be –1 m below sea level. • If you walk onto the land, your feet will be above sea level, and when you reach 1 m up, you will be +1 m above sea level.
INSTRUCTIONS: POSITIVES – Above Sea Level LAND: To keep your treasure safe, you should bury it at least 100 m down. But if you dig down below sea level, you might risk water seeping into your treasure. Send five scouts out to measure the heights of five nearby hills. For each scout, roll the die three times for each hill. Every spot on the die equals +10 m. (To help you calculate this, each time you roll the die, move your counter along the appropriate number of metres on the number line. Write down your results for the five hills). When you add up the three numbers for each hill, are any of the hills more than +100 m tall? No? Then if you try burying your treasure in the hills, your treasure may get waterlogged. Yes? Then choose which hill you’d like to bury your treasure in. NEGATIVES – Below Sea Level WATER: You send out five scouts to see how deep five coves around the island are. Roll the die twice for each cove to figure out how deep each one is. Each spot on the die is 5 m, and the ship needs 30 m of space below the water of a cove so it won’t get stuck. How many coves are deep enough for the loaded ship to dock? (Use the number line to help you). Did you manage to bury your treasure and dock your ship? Try the challenge again and see if you get a different result. 13
STEM Quest (Engineering): Fantastic Forces and Incredible Machines Packed with amazing engineering facts and fun experiments Nick Arnold
Engineering is about the magic of forces and the wonder of machines. Can you investigate how things work and become an extraordinary engineer? Discover how to make paperclips float in air, design a skyscraper, construct a super submarine, experiment with gears and springs, and much more! With over 30 astonishing do-at-home experiments, incredible facts and stats and cool illustrations, this amazing STEM book helps you distinguish your racks from your ratchets and your cams from your cranks. The STEM editorial consultant is Georgette Yakman, founding researcher and creator of the integrative STEAM framework. Publication
01 June 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781783123469
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Imprint
Carlton Books
Series
NA
Category
Child Non Fiction
Format
270 x 216 mm
•
Extent
80pp
•
Illustrations
Four-colour illustrations and photographs
Age Range
7 and up
Terms
SOR
Available 1 June 2019
Author Details Nick Arnold is the author of many science books for children, including a bestselling series of yucky but entertaining science facts. When he is not writing, Nick spends his time giving talks to children in bookshops, schools and libraries.
Key Information • • •
An inspiring new activity book designed to engage and entertain young minds, with incredible challenges and do-at-home experiments. Features quality, contemporary "this ain't no school book" illustrations and graphics. Includes easy-to-follow, step-by-step instructions for the activities and experiments with bite-size text explaining scientific facts and stats. Part of an exciting new series; other titles are on the subjects of Science, Technology and Maths. The STEM editorial consultant is Georgette Yakman, founding researcher and creator of the integrative STEAM framework and CEO of STEAM Education.
Mass matters
NOT FINAL
They take the same time! This is because gravity makes all falling objects accelerate (or speed up) at the same rate. Gravity does pull more on heavier things, but this is cancelled out because something heavy resists movement more than something light. And if you try dropping something light, like paper, what happens? It takes longer to fall because it’s slowed down by the air.
Can you feel the force, engineers? Forces and the energy that powers them affect every engineering project in this book - and there are forces acting on your body right now. Take gravity for example...
what’s the
TRY THIS AT HOME
BIG idea?
ts re g ra v i t y p u l l s o b j e c c e n t ’s t o w a rd s t h e e a r t h
FORCE OF GRAVITY
Along with forces, engineers need to harness energy. Energy makes things happen. Let’s take a look...
What we call “weight” is actually the force of gravity pulling on the mass of an object. So if gravity pulls more on heavier objects, they fall faster – right? Let’s find out...
You will need:
1
Drop the balls to see if you made the correct prediction.
3
What about if you dropped one of the balls at the same time as the sheet of paper. Will the paper or ball hit the ground first?
✔ A small ball such as a tennis ball or golf ball ✔ A staircase 8
You’re going to drop the big ball and the small ball from the same height at the same time. Before you do, make a prediction as to which one will hit the ground first.
2
✔ A large ball such a soccer ball or basketball
✔ A piece of paper
1
Stretch the rubber band three times its length and release it.
rubber band 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
4
5
6
7
Now stretch the band six times its length and release it.
You will need:
TRY THIS AT HOME
t e d st e e p s
a b n r d e b b u r y races energ
Gravity is a force that pulls objects with mass towards each other. Mass is all the matter that makes up something. Objects with a lot of mass – like the Earth – have a stronger gravitational pull than objects with less mass. It’s gravity that makes objects fall down towards Earth and that makes Earth orbit the sun.
gravity
HOW DOES IT WORK?
4
Drop a ball and the paper to find out.
✔ A rubber band ✔ A ruler
1
2
3
HOW DOES IT WORK? When you stretch a rubber band, it gains potential energy an energy stored in the band. When you release it, potential energy changes into kinetic (or movement) energy. The further you stretch the band the more energy you store, and the further the rubber band will fly. You can find out more about potential energy on p.32.
WHO WAS GALILEO?
Italian scientist Galileo Galilei (1564–1642) found that objects of different weight fall at the same speed. He also discovered the science behind pendulums – he realised that as a pendulum swings, potential energy turns to kinetic energy as gravity forces the pendulum down. This happens over and over again as the pendulum swings. Galileo was also the first scientist to study the planets through a telescope.
9
NOT FINAL
On the move
WHO WAS NEWTON?
HOW DOES IT WORK?
The English physicist Sir Isaac Newton (1642–1727) discovered the Laws of Motion. Newton’s First Law of Motion explains that objects only move when a force is applied. They then move in a straight line. The greater the mass of an object, the more inertia it has and the harder it is to move.
Before you start the toy car isn’t going anywhere – an object stays still until a force is applied to it. This principle is called inertia. When you pushed the car forward, you apply a force to it. The force made the car accelerate. Eventually the car stopped due to friction – the rubbing force between its wheels and the floor. Did you notice a big difference when you covered the track with aluminium or cling film or water? On which surface did the car travel the furthest? Why do you think this is?
There are other forces other than gravity and energy that push and pull on objects and influence how things move. Let’s check them out, engineers. Time to get moving! TRY THIS AT HOME 1
stopping and
starting First, let’s try out an experiment to find out how things move – or perhaps why they don’t move!
You will need: ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
3
A toy car Corrugated cardboard A ruler A tape measure
5
A rubber band Two 15-cm (6-in) pieces of dowel
✔ Cling film ✔ Water in a spray bottle
Push the two dowels into these holes. Put the rubber band around the dowels. If the dowels are wobbly, add more layers of cardboard.
4
Put a ruler flat holes between the dowels and ruler place the car in front of the rubber band.
7
rubber band
On a flat level floor lay out an area for a track that’s at least 10-12 cm (4-5 ft) long. Set out a tape measure along the edge of the track area. Leave one of the pieces of card as it is, cover the second with aluminum foil and the third with cling film.
9 Record the distance each time. Can you work out the average of three distances on each type of surface? Which surfaces have the highest and lowest averages? Which surfaces require more force to travel on them? 10
Measure half way down the length of the glued together cardboard and mark a spot with a pencil. Then mark 2 spots 1.5 cm (3/4 in) in from the side of the cardboard. They should be 6.5 cm (2 1/2 in) on either side of the centre line. In the two spots cut a hole slightly smaller than the dowels.
dowel
10
TRY THIS AT HOME
i n g n i t t e g a spin
Glue
✔ Aluminum foil ✔ A pencil
✔
2
glue
Cut out 4-5 pieces of cardboard at least 12 x 25 cm (5 x 10 in) and glue them together. Let them dry.
6
Cut out 3 pieces of cardboard about 25 x 90 cm (10 x 36 in).
From cars to computers, many machines depend on spinning or turning. But what are the forces involved?
You will need:
sticky tack
1
Push the pen through the central hole of the CD. You may need to add some sticky tack to make it fit snuggly.
3
1-cm (2 / 5 in)
Roll the modelling clay into four 1-cm (2 /5 in) balls.
sticky tack
string
Attach each ball to 7 cm (2 1 / 2 in) of string.
4
✔ Sticky tape ✔ Scissors
✔
colouring pen
2
✔ An old CD
✔
CD
String Sticky tack A biro or colouring pen
Sticky tape the other end of the string pieces to the CD. Try to space them roughly equally apart.
7 cm (2 1 / 2 in) 5
Place the end of the dowel on a surface and twirl it between your hands.
✔
cardboard 8
Now try spraying water on the tracks and try the experiment again. Write down your results.
Now test the tracks. Pull back the car in the rubber band and let it go. Try each track 3 times, each with different pull-back measurements.
centripetal force
HOW DOES IT WORK? The balls fly out to the side. Your hands create a turning force called torque on the pen. The inertia of the balls resist this force and the balls try to move in a straight line. But when objects move in a circle, another force, known as centripetal force, constantly pulls the objects towards the centre, stopping them flying off in a straight line. This force is produced by the tension in the strings. 11
Bzzzz! electricity!
NOT FINAL
There’s more to engineering than brute force. To power our machines engineers often use a shocking force we know as electricity. Electricity occurs in the natural world but can be generated to power all sorts of things.
what’s the
BIG
?
WHAT’S GOING ON?
What is Electricity?
electrons
FLOW OF ELECTRICITY
nucleus— protons and neutrons
and so on... one electron moves to the next atom
protons
The can rolls towards the balloon. When you rub the balloon on your hair, electrons move from the hair and build up on the balloon’s surface, which becomes negatively charged. The negatively charged electrons attract the positive-charged protons in the can, and the can rolls towards the balloon.
electrons
TRY THIS AT HOME
idea
Everything in the world is made up of tiny building blocks called atoms. In the centre of each atom is a nucleus with tiny charged particles called protons and neutrons. Whizzing around the nucleus are other particles called electrons. Electrons are normally stuck in orbit around the nucleus of atoms. However, in some materials they come loose and move from one atom to another. This flow of “free” electrons is what creates electric current.
HOW DOES IT WORK?
STATIC ELECTRICITY Protons in an atom carry a positive electric charge, whereas electrons carry a negative charge. Neutrons have no charge. Inside ordinary atoms there are the same number of protons and electrons so the charges cancel each other out. However, sometimes when objects touch, electrons can hop between them, causing them to build up a positive or negative charge. This is known as a static charge.
super-hero paperclips
Here’s a chance to turn paper clips into super-heroes or alien spaceships by making them float in mid-air.
You will need: ✔ A piece of wood
1
Pile up the books to make two columns on a table. Lay the wood or card across them. Stick the magnet to the bottom of the wood.
magnet table 2
1 cm (2 / 5 in)
✔ Sticky tack
✔ Books or small boxes
✔ Tape
✔ A metal paperclip
✔ Scissors
✔ Thread
✔ A magnet
3
wood
Measure the distance between the wood and the table top. Cut a length of thread 1 cm (2 /5 in) shorter than this distance.
paperclip Stick the paperclip to the thread and then stick the other end of the thread to the table. Lift the thread up towards the magnet.
thread
sticky tape
TRY THIS AT HOME
y l t s o h g e h t an c
HOW DOES IT WORK? 1
Inflate the balloon and knot the neck.
2
Rub the balloon on your hair at least ten times.
3
Hold the balloon close to the can and place them on the table.
The force of electricity has some tricks up its sleeve too. Let’s investigate...
You will need: ✔ An empty drink can (it must be metal) ✔ A balloon ✔ Your hair (it should be clean and dry) 12
electric force
magnetic force The paperclip floats in mid-air because it’s attracted to the magnet. The magnetic force is actually created by electrons in the atoms. All charged particles (protons and electrons) are affected by electric and magnetic forces. These two forces combine to produce electromagnetic waves (above) – and light is one example of an electromagnetic wave.”
IN FACT...
filament
Let there be light Electricity can also travel as a flow of electric charge, known as an electrical current. It can flow from a battery or a mains supply to your home. Electricity can be transformed into other types of energy. For instance, an electric light bulb converts electrical energy to heat and light by heating a wire called a filament so that it glows white hot. 13
STEM Quest (Science): Astonishing Atoms and Matter Mayhem Packed with amazing science facts and fun experiments Colin Stuart
Science is what happens when curious people ask questions. Can you be a scientist and crack some of the world's biggest mysteries? Discover how to build a model atom with marshmallows, pick up an ice cube without touching it, build a volcano, extract DNA from a banana, and much more! With over 30 astonishing do-at-home experiments, extraordinary facts and stats and cool illustrations, this amazing STEM book will inspire you to investigate just how incredible the world is. The STEM editorial consultant is Georgette Yakman, founding researcher and creator of the integrative STEAM framework. Publication
01 June 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781783123452
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Colin Stuart has written more than half a dozen science books and over 150 popular science titles for publications including The New Scientist, BBC Focus and the European Space Agency. Colin is also a science speaker who talks to tens of thousands of people about astronomy every year, ranging from schools to conferences and businesses. He is a Fellow of the Royal Astronomical Society and in 2014 he was awarded runner-up in the European Astronomy Journalism Prize.
Imprint
Carlton Books
Key Information
Series
NA
Category
Child Non Fiction
•
Format
270 x 216 mm
•
Extent
80pp
Illustrations
Four-colour illustrations and photographs
Age Range
7 and up
Terms
SOR
Available 1 June 2019
Author Details
•
• •
An inspiring new activity book designed to engage and entertain young minds, with incredible challenges, quizzes and do-at-home experiments. Features quality, contemporary "this ain't no school book" illustrations and graphics. Includes easy-to-follow, step-by-step instructions for the activities and experiments with bite-size text explaining scientific facts and stats. Part of an exciting new series; other titles are on the subjects of Maths, Technology and Engineering. The STEM editorial consultant is Georgette Yakman, founding researcher and creator of the integrative STEAM framework and CEO of STEAM Education.
Plants
TRY THIS AT HOME
petal flower
leaf
nectar
Plants are some of the most important living things on Earth. Not only do they give us food to eat, but they also make lots of oxygen for us to breathe.
T H G I L
A F O S T PAR
E R W O FL
stem
Photosynthesis is the way in which a plant makes its own food. A green substance in the leaves called chlorophyll traps energy from sunlight. The cells in the leaves use this energy to turn carbon dioxide (from the air) and water into oxygen and a type of sugar called glucose, which the plant uses as food.
Carefully cover two separate leaves with a piece of cling film. Attach with paperclips.
3
Repeat this step for each of the coverings – foil, paper, mesh or netting. Do not pinch the leaves or stems.
4
✔ A healthy houseplant or outside plant with big leaves (and permission to damage a handful of leaves)
Over the next few days, check the covered leaves and make notes of any changes you see.
5
After 10 days, check and compare your results for each type of covering.
✔ A sunny spot
6
Compare each couple of leaves with the same covering. If there are similar changes you’ll know it’s because of the covering.
✔ Aluminium foil
HOW DOES IT WORK?
✔ Paper ✔ Mesh or netting ✔ Paperclips
Did you find that some of the leaves began to fade and lose their green colour? Think about why this happened and which of the coverings blocked the sun’s light the most. Which covering affected the leaves the fastest? Did any of the coverings become warm in sunlight and harm a leaf by heating it?
root
IN FACT. . .
390,000 different plants
BIG idea?
PHOTOSYNTHESIS
2
You will need:
✔ Clear cling film
The roots absorb water and nutrients from the soil. The stem transports water to the leaves. Leaves convert sunlight into energy so the plant can grow. Some flowering plants have brightly coloured petals and sugary nectar that attract insects. Flowers also contain powdery grains called pollen. Insects carry the pollen from one flower to another. If pollen lands on a flower of the same type, it can form a seed and grow into a new plant.
8
TEST!
Put the plant in a sunny spot where you can leave it for 7–10 days.
Plants need several things to survive, including light, water and nutrients. Let’s explore how important light is to a plant.
WHAT’S GOING ON?
what’s the
F A E L
1
sunlight +
carbon dioxide + water
glucose + oxygen photosynthesis
WHO WAS LINNEAUS? Carl Linneaus (1707–1778) was a Swedish botanist – a scientist who studies plants. He came up with the way we order and name different plants and animals.
Scientists know about almost half a million different species (types) of plants and are finding new ones all the time. Plants grow on every continent on Earth (even Antarctica!). They range from trees, grass and ferns to moss and vegetables and they all make their food in the same way.
9
Amazing Animals
IN FACT. . .
chordata classes Mammals, birds, fish, reptiles and amphibians belong to the Chordata phylum – these are animals with backbones. The major difference between them is how they reproduce. Most mammals give birth to live young rather than lay eggs, for instance, and they feed their babies milk.
Scientists have discovered over one and a half million species of animals on our planet so far, and they are discovering around 10,000 more every single year!
WHAT’S GOING ON?
N A S I T A H W
p r o t is
archaebacteria
eubacteria
ANIMALS
plants
fungi
PHYLUM platy
h
WHAT’S GOING ON?
S E K A M T WHA G
N I H T E M SO
? E V I L A
KINGDOMS OF LIFE
ta
? L A M I N A
All organisms (living things) belong to one of six groups called kingdoms. The kingdoms are 1) plants 2) fungi 3) animals and also 4) archaebacteria 5) eubacteria and 6) protista, which are types of microscopic living things. A group within a kingdom is called a phylum. Humans belong to the phylum called chordata. They are in the class called mammals.
th elmin
arthropod
A rabbit is clearly alive, but a rock isn’t. What separates living things from non-living objects? There are seven key characteristics that living things possess.
1) RESPIRATION (the ability to process food to release energy)
2) GROWTH (the ability to grow)
3) EXCRETION (the ability to get rid of waste products)
4) MOVEMENT (the ability to move)
5) SENSITIVITY (the ability to gather information about its surroundings)
6) REPRODUCTION (the ability to produce young)
7) NUTRITION (the ability to absorb and digest nutrients from its surroundings)
annelid nematode poriferan
fi s h
mollusc
cnidarian i bi am ph
an
CLASS re p t
mammal
ile
bird
10
echinoderm
CHORDATA
what’s the
BIG idea?
EXTINCTION? Ninety-nine per cent of the species that have lived on Earth are no longer alive. If the last animal of a species dies, we say that the species has become extinct. Scientists think that the rate of extinction could be well over 10,000 species a year. Extinction is a natural process, but human action, such as hunting or destruction of the species’ environments, has caused many species to die out. The flightless dodo bird was famously made extinct through hunting by the year 1662.
The dodo bird
11
Food Webs
IN FACT. . .
Producers and consumers Plants are called producers because they produce their own energy from sunlight. Animals are called consumers because they eat plants and other animals.
We eat a balance of foods because our bodies need energy to work properly. But where does that energy come from? It’s been on quite a remarkable journey!
consumer
WHAT’S GOING ON?
G N I T EA
E N I H S N U S
It all starts with the sun. Plants use the sun’s energy, as well as water and nutrients from the Earth, to make their own food. When plants are eaten, either by us or by other animals, the energy is passed on. Eating food that comes from animals is another way for us to get this energy. We are all eating sunshine!
BIG idea?
YOUR OWN
FOOD CHAIN
Write down a list of foods in your favourite breakfast, lunch or dinner. Now think about what you’ve eaten today. If it was fruit or vegetables, where did it come from? If it was meat, which animal did it come from and what did that animal eat? You’ll find it always traces back to the sun.
IN FACT. . . .
Prey and predator producer
what’s the
TRY THIS AT HOME
CHAINS AND WEBS You can draw a chain of energy starting with the sun and ending up with a human. These links make up a food chain. A series of chains combined together to show how energy is transferred in an animal community is called a food web.
WHO WAS AL-JAHIZ?
Animals that get eaten are called prey. Predators are animals that eat other animals, so you’ll find predators at the top of a food web. Many animals are both prey and predators.
Al-Jahiz (776–868 AD) was a writer from Iraq who was one of the first people to write about the idea of food chains – that animals hunt and are hunted in turn.
what’s the
BIG idea?
GREENHOUSE EMISSIONS The Earth’s human population is growing rapidly and we all need food to eat. Food production and transport accounts for nearly a third of our greenhouse gas emissions. These are gases that are causing harm to the environment by warming up our planet. Food supply is one of the key problems to solve in the 21st century. 12
FOOD CHAIN
FOOD WEB
PUZZLE ZONE
population change Take another look at the food web on the opposite page. What would happen if the number of mice went up or the number of foxes went down? Or what if there was a drought and the wheat was destroyed? Think about this and you’ll see how connected a food web is. ANSWERS ARE AT THE BACK OF THE BOOK 13
STEM Quest (Technology): Tools, Robotics and Gadgets Galore Packed with amazing technology facts and fun experiments Nick Arnold
Technology is about gadgets, inventions and every product ever made. So, are you ready to come up with the next big thing? Make your own stethoscope, build a speedy jet boat, concoct your own plastic, create a biotech yummy yoghurt, and much more! With over 30 astonishing do-at-home experiments, extraordinary facts and stats and cool illustrations, this amazing STEM book will inspire you to become a top tech wizard. The STEM editorial consultant is Georgette Yakman, founding researcher and creator of the integrative STEAM framework. Publication
01 June 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781783123506
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Imprint
Carlton Books
Series
NA
Category
Child Non Fiction
Format
270 x 216 mm
•
Extent
80pp
•
Illustrations
Four-colour illustrations and photographs
Age Range
7 and up
Terms
SOR
Available 1 June 2019
Author Details Nick Arnold is the author of many science books for children, including a bestselling series of yucky but entertaining science facts. When he is not writing, Nick spends his time giving talks to children in bookshops, schools and libraries.
Key Information • • •
An inspiring new activity book designed to engage and entertain young minds, with incredible challenges, quizzes and do-at-home experiments. Features quality, contemporary "this ain't no school book" illustrations and graphics. Includes easy-to-follow, step-by-step instructions for the activities and experiments with bite-size text explaining scientific facts and stats. Part of an exciting new series; other titles are on the subjects of Science, Engineering and Maths. The STEM editorial consultant is Georgette Yakman, founding researcher and creator of the integrative STEAM framework and CEO of STEAM Education.
Simply easier
HOW DOES IT WORK? We see these simple mechanisms in everyday hand tools:
handle (2)
rack and pinion
Can opener
Over the centuries, inventors have strived to improve hand tools so that they are even easier to use. These more complex hand tools contain simple machines and mechanisms (moving parts that redirect a force). Let’s explore!
The handles (1) act like levers, concentrating the force of your hands onto the cutting edge. The gears direct the turning force of the handle (2) to the can.
Mechanical corkscrew
handle
Pushing down the levers pulls the screw upwards, raising the cork. A rack and pinion connects the levers to the screw so the cork can move up and down.
lever gears
screw
handles (1)
what’s the
BIG idea?
Hand drill A hand drill works like a wheel and axle. The motion of the drill handle concentrates a turning force on the drill bit.
Here are some of the simple mechanisms that form the basic parts of many machines.
axle
H M M!
A lever is a rod balanced on a pivot called a fulcrum. With the fulcrum in the middle, the lever is balanced. The further you move one end of the lever away, the less effort you need to exert force on the other side. effort (force)
wheel The two parts of a wheel and axle are connected so that they always turn together. The rim of the wheel turns faster and further than the axle – so if you turn the wheel, you can apply great force at the axle, but if you turn the axle, you can make the wheel turn much faster.
lever
drill bit drill handle
eggbeater
PUZZLE ZONE
p u d e x mi
b) Wheel and axle gears
shaft
fulcrum
gears handle
Rack and pinion mechanisms change a turning force to a sideways force.
pinion
Can you guess?
beaters
HOW DOES IT WORK?
10
a) Lever
crown wheel
c) Gears
rack
Gears are toothed wheels that mesh together and change the speed, strength or direction of turning forces in things like cars and bikes.
Which of these mechanisms are found in this eggbeater?
The handle, shaft and crown wheel of the eggbeater act like a wheel and axle, concentrating the turning force of the handle onto the crown wheel. The crown wheel and gears at the end of the beater rods redirect the turning force to the beaters and boost the beaters’ speed. The mechanism you won’t find in the eggbeater is a lever (A).
IN FACT...
Early eggbeaters Nowadays you’re likely to come across an eggbeater as part of an electric mixer. But did you know the first eggbeaters were bundles of apple twigs? They gave an apple flavour to cooking. 11
Let’s get cooking!
TRY THIS AT HOME
make a
e v n o r a l so
Our clever ancestors first learned about the power of heat when they discovered how to control fire for cooking and keeping warm. Read on for the full, fiery facts!
what’s the
Did you know that you can use solar (the sun’s) energy to cook food? Try this out on a warm, summer day! 3
You will need:
FIRE!
= carbon dioxide + water + heat + light
oxygen in the air
Fire is the result of a chemical reaction known as combustion. The atoms (particles) from hydrogen and carbon in the fuel (such as wood), combine with oxygen atoms from the air. This reaction produces carbon dioxide and water – as well as heat and light.
newspaper
hydrogen and carbon in wood
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
4
A ruler A plate Clingfilm
1
Get an adult to help you turn on the grill and heat it to about 200°C (390°F). 2
You will need:
3
Place a slice of bread directly onto the rack and toast one side of the bread for 5–7 minutes.
Now compare the colour, smell and taste of the two sides of the bread.
✔ A slice of bread WHAT’S GOING ON?
When you toast bread under a grill or in a toaster, you cause a chemical reaction at the surface of the bread. Chemicals react when you bake bread – the proteins in the yeast give the bread its smell and the yeast “feed” off sugars that add to the browning.
Crack the egg onto a plate. Put the plate on the base of the box. Cover the plate and base of the box with clingfilm.
clingfilm ruler
A raw egg to fry
foil
Roll up the newspaper into four columns and place them along the four sides of the base.
Use a ruler to keep the top of the box open.
!
5
Place the box so that the sun shines on the inside. It works best between the hours of 12 PM and 3 PM – you may find it takes a while. Leave your egg in the sun to cook. You should be able to watch the clear part of the egg turn white and the yellow yolk go hard. Angle the lid or prop up the box with a ruler or other object to reflect the most light onto the egg. Do not eat liquid egg whites!
IN FACT...
WARNING! Beware, heat!
! t s a o t s it’
12
2
✔ Aluminium foil ✔ Newspaper
TRY THIS AT HOME
✔ A grill oven
Paint the bottom of the pizza box black or cover it with black paper. Line the inside lid of the box with foil.
✔ An adult helper ✔ A thick pizza delivery box ✔ Black paint (matt) and paintbrush or black paper
BIG idea?
✔ An adult helper
1
HOW DOES IT WORK? The sun’s rays become trapped in the pizza box and heat it up. The warm rays shine onto the foil and are reflected onto the egg. The clingfilm helps to trap the warm air. The paint or black paper absorbs the heat, keeping the base of the box warm. What happens to the egg? The egg contains particles called molecules (atoms joined together) that are rolled up in tiny ball-like structures. The heat unravels them and reshapes them, turning the egg from liquid to solid as it cooks.
• • •
Ancient cooking Some of the first ovens were fire-pits dug in Europe around 29,000 years ago. They were used to cook mammoth meat. The ancient Greeks used front-loading bread ovens over 3,000 years ago. Metal stoves weren’t common until the 1800s.
EGG WHITE MOLECULES
!
before heating
after heating
WARNING! Hot grill!
13
Ceramics
HOW DOES IT WORK? As your salt dough clay dries, particles in the flour become bonded together, and the salt dough hardens.
ceramic pot
A good techie knows that heat can harden or melt all sorts of materials. One such material that heat hardens is ceramic. Ceramic can become rigid and waterproof by heating clay (fine particles of rock or earth) in an oven called a kiln. Let’s check it out.
what’s the
BIG
?
WHAT’S GOING ON? Glass is another ceramic material. It’s made from a substance called silicon dioxide, which is found in sand. It’s heated until runny and then shaped and cooled quickly. The result is a transparent material. Glass is not a true solid – the molecules that form it are arranged in no clear order, a bit like those of a liquid.
kiln
idea
NATURAL OR PROCESSED?
GLASS MOLECULE
Natural clay is soft. When you heat it, water evaporates from it, and new bonds form between the clay particles in a process that produces a stronger, harder material.
oxygen atom silicon atom TRY THIS AT HOME
y t l a s e k a m
1
clay
With adult help, heat 100 ml (3 fl oz) of water (no need to boil). Slowly stir in the salt, and continue stirring until the salt dissolves.
flour 2
OK, so this “clay” isn’t the real deal – but you’ll get a feel for how clay can be moulded into shapes. The only thing you can’t do is EAT it!
You will need: ✔ An adult helper
✔ A pan ✔ A hob and oven
✔ 100 g (4 oz) salt ✔ 220 g (8 oz) flour 14
!
Little by little, add the flour, stirring all the while. Continue stirring to make a smooth paste. Add a little more water or flour to get a clay consistency. Heat the mixture until it thickens.
WHO WAS WEDGWOOD?
1 HR
✔ A measuring jug ✔ A wooden spoon ✔ Weighing scales
salt
3
Allow the mixture to cool, knead it to make it smooth, then shape it into something amazing. Heat the oven to 90°C (200°F) and bake your creation for about an hour. Smaller items can be placed in a microwave for 10 –15 second bursts until they dry.
WARNING! Beware, heat!
Glass can sometimes be blown into shape because of its runny, sticky consistency when hot. It gradually hardens into a firm shape as it loses heat.
Josiah Wedgwood (1730–1795) was a British potter who opened pottery factories and made ornamental ware, some of his most famous being distinctive blue and white pots. He invented the pyrometer, an instrument for measuring the temperature of kilns.
15
Toy Story: Woody's Augmented Reality Adventure Jane Kent
Once you've downloaded the free app you just scan the pages and all the toys jump out in 3D animation onto your book. Play with Woody; press Buzz's buttons to open his wings, trigger his laser light and sounds; fill Hamm with coins. Help Woody and his friends collect the augmented reality clues and then unlock a hidden Toy Story 4 character! It's an augmented reality adventure to infinity... and beyond!
Author Details
Publication
01 June 2019
Binding
Hardback
Jane Kent is an experienced children's writer. She has worked on everything from early-learning board books and educational biographies of great historical figures to story and activity titles for brands such as Disney/Pixar, Marvel and Nickelodeon.
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
Key Information
ISBN
9781783124688
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Imprint
Carlton Books
Series
NA
• •
Category
Child Novelty
•
Format
228 x 262 mm
Extent
32pp
Illustrations
Artwork from the four Toy Story movies
Age Range
6 and up
Terms
SOR
Available 1 June 2019
• •
This is the only Augmented Reality character guidebook to the world of Disney/Pixar's ground-breaking Toy Story movie series, which has grossed $1.97 billion at the global box office. Toy Story 4 will be released worldwide on 21 June 2019. Bring your favourite Toy Story characters to life, and several new characters from Toy Story 4. Easy-to-download free app for both iOS and Android. Watch the Toy Story 4 movie trailer here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LDXYRzerjzU
WOODY
Howdy partner!
is Andy’s favourite toy wboy. a brave and kind co Sheriff Woody Pride, , otin’ tootin’ TV show ro a of ar st e th ce He was on he lives his loyal gang. Now saving the day with toys. is the leader of the in Andy’s house and bossy! t can also be a little He is really smart, bu
COWBOY HAT BANDANA
Woody, Jessie Bullseye were and in the old T V all Woody’s Roun show dup !
CHECKED SHIRT
SHERIFF’S BADGE
COWBOY CATCHPHRASES
WAISTCOAT
There’s a pull-string voice box on Woody’s back. Here are some of the things he might say if you pull his string:
“SOMEBODY’S POISONED THE WATERHOLE!”
y y!” m e r ’ “You ite deput favour
“THERE’S A SNAKE IN MY BOOT! ”
h g ou n e g i b t ’ in “This towtnhea two of us! ” for
6
WILD WEST WARDROBE Woody always wears his Sheriff’s uniform – though sometimes he loses his hat!
BOOTS AND SPURS
DENIM TROUSERS
A SPEEDY STEED
N eigh! Bullseye was Woody’s trusty horse
back in the Roundup days. He has stayed loyal to his cowboy friend over the years and would still follow him anywhere. Bullseye is always full of energy and bounds around Andy’s bedroom like a playful puppy.
SEE WOODY IN 3D! VIEW THESE PAGES THROUGH THE APP ON YOUR PHONE OR TABLET, AND WOODY WILL APPEAR RIGHT ON YOUR BOOK!
7
K GLOW IN THE DAR SPACE SUIT
BUZZ
Space ranger Buzz
on landed in Andy’s life e birthday. An awesom the little boy’s 7th e ure, he used to be th astronaut action fig zz Lightyear of Star Command, lead character in Bu show. The other a space-themed TV and think the toys look up to Buzz er is super cool. intergalactic explor is, His favourite saying
RETRACTABLE HELMET VISOR
POP-OUT WINGS
SPACE RANGER INSIGNIA
! d n o y e ” b d n a y t i n i f n i “ To
BEST BUDDIES
D! 3 N I Z Z SEETHBESUE PAGES THRHOOUNGEH VIEW P ON YOUR P ILL THE AP ET, AND BUZZ W OR TABL EAR RIGHT ON APP OK! YOUR BO
10
HELPFUL HERO As a space ranger, Buzz is sworn to protect the galaxy from the Evil Emperor Zurg and all other threats. He takes his role super seriously and will always do his very best to help a toy in trouble.
HIGH-TECH TOY Buzz’s awesome space ranger suit has lots of high-tech gadgets and it glows in the dark. Listen to his mission log, shoot flashing lasers or make his wings pop out, all at the press of a button. His helmet can be moved up and down, too!
When Buzz first arrived, he got lots of attention from Andy and all of the toys. Woody, who was used to being Andy’s favourite toy and leader of the gang, began to feel a bit jealous. But after some adventures together, the cowboy and the space ranger became good pals.
11
REX
osaurus, Unlike a real Tyrann y Rex is gentle, scaredy-dinosaur to he hates any kind and caring and ntations. arguments or confro worries about Always nervous, Rex ly his small roar. everything, especial
TIMID T-REX He might be made of hard and heavy plastic, but Rex is really a big softy. With his teeny tiny roar, he’s all teeth and no bite. Rex worries that he’s not scary enough and will be replaced by a more ferocious dinosaur toy...
HAMM
Hamm is never Confident piggy bank r toys exactly what afraid to tell the othe is a wisecracking he thinks of them. He and slightly joker with a wicked mour. sarcastic sense of hu
FUNNY PIGGY Hamm is a pink plastic piggy bank, with a cork that keeps coins inside his belly. Ever the entertainer, Hamm plays tunes on the harmonica and tells the toys loads of jokes. He especially enjoys making fun of his friend Rex over his endless fears and worries.
GRRR-EAT GAMERS Rex enjoys playing computer games and he’s pretty good. When he moved to Bonnie’s house, he became best pals with her toy dinosaur, Trixie. She shares his love of gaming and the pair spend lots of time playing together. 14
EVIL GENIUS Wearing a little black hat – borrowed from Mr Potato Head – Hamm often had a starring role in Andy’s adventures. Although he had fun playing the bad guy known as Evil Dr. Porkchop, Hamm always tells the toys that crime doesn’t pay.
SEE HAMM
IN 3D!
VIEW T THE AP HESE PAGES T PO HR TABLET, N YOUR PHO OUGH NE AN APPEAR D HAMM WILL OR R YOUR B IGHT ON OOK!
15
How to Train Your Dragon: The Hidden World Fly your favourite dragons in augmented reality Emily Stead
Put your beast-riding skills to the test as you fly your favourite DreamWorks Dragons off the page and into your world! Includes five incredible 3D augmented reality dragons and their riders that you can interact with on your smartphone and tablet. Get set to bring incredible 3D augmented reality dragons to life before your eyes! Using your tablet or smartphone, meet amazingly detailed dragons and fly them around your bedroom – fly a life-size Hiccup and Toothless, try your hand at training Stormfly, make Meatlug fly forwards, backwards and hover, take control of fiery Hookfang, and meet Barf & Belch.
Publication
01 May 2019
Binding
Hardback
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781783124343
Bring Hiccup, Toothless and the gang off the pages of the book and into your world with Augmented Reality!
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Author Details
Imprint
Carlton Books
Series
NA
Emily Stead is an accomplished author who has written literally hundreds of children's titles, from best-selling character annuals through to story and activity books, including books for top UK football clubs.
Category
Child Novelty
Format
228 x 262 mm
Extent
32pp
Illustrations
Full colour illustrations
Age Range
6 and up
Terms
SOR
Take photos of the moment and share them with your friends and family!
Key Information • •
•
The only Augmented Reality character guidebook to one of the most eagerly anticipated animated movies of 2019 – DreamWorks' How to Train Your Dragon: The Hidden World. Box-office expectations are high for the third film in the series,How to Train Your Dragon: The Hidden World, which will be released worldwide on 1 February 2019. How to Train Your Dragon 2 (2014) was the number 1 animated film of 2014. Debuting in 2015, the TV seriesDragons: Race to the Edge is broadcast globally, with new episodes due to be released on Netflix through 2018 and into 2019. Watch the trailer for How to Train You Dragon: The Hidden World here: https://www.youtube.com/watch? v=naW9U8MiUY0
Available 1 May 2019 Follow the link to see how it works! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bTBqGaOeqE4&feature=youtu.be
NS
O G A R D G IN R B O T GET SET UR EYES! O Y E R O F E B TO LIFE
Tr y your hand at training
Simply download the
FREE APP DREAMWORKS DRAGONS AR from www.apple.com/itunes or www.android.com/apps and open it on your mobile device.
e Hold your devic in the over the pages see book where you ircle. this interactive c
Now you can enjoy epic interactive digital experienc es!
STORMFLY!
Fly a life-size HICCUP and TOOTHLESS!
TLUG
Make MEA , s fly for ward backwards and hover!
Explore the app to discover more facts and stats about the dragons!
This is a Carlton Book Text and design Carlton Books Limited 2019 How To Train Your Dragon: The Hidden World Š 2019 DreamWorks Animation LLC. All Rights Reserved. First published in the UK in 2019 by Carlton Books Limited 20 Mortimer Street, London W1T 3JW All Rights Reserved. This book is sold subject to the condition that it may not be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise without the publisher’s prior consent. A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library. ISBN: 978-1-78312-434-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Printed in Dongguan, China Author: Emily Stead Executive Editor: Bryony Davies Design: RockJaw Creative Design Manager: Emily Clarke Digital Producer: Will Jones Production Controller: Nicola Davey
JOURNEY TO NEW BERK Home to Vikings for seven generations, the island of Berk is now crowded, noisy and overrun with dragons! In spite of this, Viking chief Hiccup Horrendous Haddock III couldn’t be happier – Berk is an island where humans and dragons live peacefully side by side.
Fishlegs & Meatlug Hiccup & Toothless An unlikely friendship was formed when Hiccup brought down
But when a ruthless dragon-hunter sets out to capture Hiccup’s dragon, Toothless, the last known Night Fury, and the other dragons of Berk, the Vikings are left with no choice… they must disappear, taking their dragons off the map to a place where they can live in peace. In their search for a legendary Hidden World, the Vikings arrive in a place they call New Berk, a land of sparkling waterfalls, towering peaks and lush valleys – a perfect place for humans and dragons to settle. Read on to discover all about the wildest, most dangerous creatures on Earth, those who tamed them and those who wish to destroy them forever…
6
Ruffnut & Tuffnut and Barf & Belch
a Night Fury.
Astrid & Stormfly After Hiccup trained Toothless, other species of dragons were
trained, too.
Snotlout & Hookfang
s.
n the Vikings' deadliest enemie
For centuries, dragons had bee
7
TOOTHLESS
HICCUP
O
ne of the cleverest of all dragon species, Toothless is a feared Night Fury. He is thought to be the last of his kind. Jet-black scales cover his whole body and allow him to fly at night without being seen. This loyal dragon is smart, fast and best friends with Hiccup.
M
FLY A NIGHT FURY Fly a life-size Toothless and Hiccup around your local park!
Night Fury Facts iccup created a new left tailfin for H Toothless after the dragon’s real one was injured in a crash. Now Toothless can fly again but only with his rider, Hiccup, controlling the tailfin with an ingenious saddle Hiccup invented and built. Toothless’s bravest moment was when he plunged hundreds of metres on his own to save Hiccup from crashing to the ground after the epic battle with the Red Death. Toothless is not actually toothless, but he does have retractable teeth that sometimes make him look that way. Hiccup’s mum, Valka, revealed a row of hidden spikes on Toothless’s back that help him to fly even faster.
8
Special Species
Toothless has a special ability – echolocation – that is a bit like radar. When his sight is limited, such as in a pitch-black cave, he can emit a sound wave, which bounces off nearby terrain and obstacles, telling Toothless exactly what’s around him.
eet Hiccup, expert Dragon Rider and current chief of Berk. He’s the son of Stoick the Vast and Valka. Hiccup discovered how to train dragons and, as a result, he brought peace between dragons and the Vikings of Berk. Miserable Meeting
Toothless and Hiccup make a terrific team, but they weren’t always on the same side. The pair first met when Hiccup brought down Toothless from the sky with another ingenious invention, the Mangler, during a provisions raid of the Vikings’ village by scores of dragons. Now they share an unbreakable bond.
The Night Fury is the fastest, smartest and rarest of the known dragon species.
DRAGON STATS attack 15
shot limit
6
speed 20
venom 0
armour 18
jaw strength 6
firepower 14
stealth 18
9
Ultimate Pokemon Trainer's Guide Ned Hartley
Welcome to the ultimate unofficial guide for every Pokémon trainer! The Ultimate Pokémon Trainer's Guide is filled to the brim with Pokémon reviews, facts, stats and tips. All the top Pokémon games are reviewed, from Pokémon Go to 3DS classics like Pokémon Ultra Sun and Moon, to the latest Switch titles like Pokémon: Let's Go, Pickachu! and Pokémon: Let's Go, Eevee! There's also a cool look at the wider world of Pokémon, from toys to card games to upcoming movies. There are entries on every single 800+ Pokémon, including strengths, weaknesses and combat stats.
Author Details Ned Hartley has written and edited books, magazines and graphic novels on everything from Albert Einstein to Pikachu, including Star Wars annuals, Superman comics, and a retelling of Rudyard Kipling's The Jungle Book. Publication
01 June 2019
Key Information
Binding
Paperback
•
Price
AU$15.99 | NZ$17.99
ISBN
9781787392892
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Imprint
Carlton Books
Series
NA
Category
Child Novelty
Format
270 x 216 mm
Extent
64pp
Illustrations
Full colour screenshots throughout
Age Range
7 and up
Terms
SOR
Available 1 June 2019
• • • •
Pokémon is one of the world's largest entertainment franchises, generating more than $1.5 billion every year. With the emphasis on current and mobile games as well as a fond look back at older titles, this is a completely up-to-date book for the contemporary Pokémon fan and older nostalgia gamers alike. The book's appeal extends beyond the games to animation, movies and more. A complete list of all 800+ Pokémon makes this the ideal single title for players of any Pokémon game. Watch the trailer for the upcoming Pokemon Detective Pikachu movie here: https://www.youtube.com/ watch?v=1roy4o4tqQM
POKÉDEX Amet il idit laut harchit aquiae omnim nis maximent re vendam estrum re, tend facea nonsedi qui as aut eatur se
#001 Bulbasaur Type: Grass, Poison Species: Seed Weaknesses: Fire, Ice, Psychic
#004 Charmander
#007 Squirtle
#010 Caterpie
Type: Grass, Poison Species: Seed Weaknesses: Fire, Ice, Psychic
Type: Water Species: Tiny Turtle Weaknesses: Electric, Grass
Type: Bug Species: Worm Weaknesses: Fire, Flying, Rock
Height: 0.6m Weight: 8.5Kg
Height: 0.5m Weight: 9Kg
Height: 0.3m Weight: 2.9Kg
Pokédex Entry: The flame that burns at the tip of its tail is an indication of its emotions. The flame wavers when Charmander is enjoying itself. If the Pokémon becomes enraged, the flame burns fiercely.
HP: 2 Attack: 3 Defence: 3
Height: 0.7m Weight: 6.9Kg HP: 2 Attack: 3 Defence: 2
HP: 2 Attack: 3 Defence: 2
Special Attack: 3 Special Defence: 2 Speed: 4
#002 Ivysaur
#005 Charmeleon
Type: Grass, Poison Species: Seed Weaknesses: Fire, Ice, Psychic
Type: Fire Species: Flame Weaknesses: Ground, Rock, Water
Height: 1m Weight: 13Kg
Height: 0.7m Weight: 6.9Kg
HP: 3 Attack: 3 Defence: 3
Special Attack: 4 Special Defence: 3 Speed: 3
HP: 3 Attack: 3 Defence: 3
Special Attack: 4 Special Defence: 3 Speed: 4
#011 Metapod
Type: Water Species: Turtle Weaknesses: Electric, Grass
Type: Bug Species: Cocoon Weaknesses: Fire, Flying, Rock
Height: 1m Weight: 22.5Kg
Height: 0.7m Weight: 9.9Kg
Pokédex Entry: Its tail is large and covered with a rich, thick fur. The tail becomes increasingly deeper in color as Wartortle ages. The scratches on its shell are evidence of this Pokémon’s toughness as a battler.
HP: 2 Attack: 1 Defence: 3
HP: 3 Attack: 3 Defence: 4
#006 Charizard
#009 Blastoise
Type: Grass, Poison Species: Seed Weaknesses: Fire, Ice, Psychic
Type: Fire, Flying Species: Flame Weaknesses: Ground, Rock, Water
Type: Water Species: Shellfish Weaknesses: Electric, Grass
Height: 2m Weight: 100Kg
Height: 1.7m Weight: 90.5Kg
Height: 1.6m Weight: 85.5Kg
Special Attack: 5 Special Defence: 4 Speed: 4
HP: 3 Attack: 4 Defence: 3
Special Attack: 5 Special Defence: 4 Speed: 5
HP: 2 Attack: 3 Defence: 2
#008 Wartortle
#002 Venusaur
HP: 3 Attack: 4 Defence: 4
4
Special Attack: 3 Special Defence: 2 Speed: 4
Special Attack: 2 Special Defence: 3 Speed: 2
HP: 3 Attack: 4 Defence: 4
Special Attack: 1 Special Defence: 1 Speed: 1
Special Attack: 1 Special Defence: 1 Speed: 2
#012 Butterfree Type: Bug Species: Butterfly Weaknesses: Fire, Flying, Rock Special Attack: 3 Special Defence: 3 Speed: 3
Height: 1.1m Weight: 32Kg Pokédex Entry: Butterfree has a superior ability to search for delicious honey from flowers. It can even search out, extract, and carry honey from flowers that are blooming over six miles from its nest.
Special Attack: 4 Special Defence: 4 Speed: 4
HP: 2 Attack: 3 Defence: 2
Special Attack: 3 Special Defence: 2 Speed: 4
5
GAMES
POKÉMON X AND Y
trivi
a
Fran man ce is fam fine y things ous for to its wines a – from its nd m but… agnifice cheese s, n – Ka Pokémo t châtea lo ux n? intro s, the ne It’s true , du w almo ced her region e, i st for t exact m s an he n a orth tch ern
After 12 hand held Pokémon games in a row, perhaps it’s no surprise that for the first 6th Generation Pokémon games, GameFreak decided to add a whole new dimension. Released: 2013 Original Platform: 3Ds Pokémon Generation: 6 Difficulty:
After years of flat, 2D graphics, Pokémon X & Y were the first hand held games to go fully 3D! Finally your favourite monsters can be appreciated from every angle, as you head to the Gallic-themed region of Kalos (See Trivia for more info).
X & Y added 69 new Pokémon to the National Pokédex, as well as the ability to ‘Mega Evolve’ your pets for the first time. Mega Evolutions are triggered by matching certain Pokémon with specific Mega Stones, allowing them to Mega-Evolve during a fight. If you thought
! p i t tOP
I'd like to dine Tell me more Another time
POKÉ SECREt Welcome to Restaurant Le Nah. Our flavours will never overwhelm your palate. The restaurants in Lumiose City are a great way to grab some easy cash. Equip the Amulet Coin, or some Luck Incense, and then fight the restaurant’s Pokémon for some
Ready for a knock out quote? Boxing legend Muhammad Ali once said that he could ‘Float like a butterfly, and sting like a bee’ in the ring, and the quote is referenced in Pokémon’s super training mode. Just hit the bags and you’ll be told to
Blatoise was mean before, wait until you see Mega Blastoise’s Mega Launcher! There are a lot of great improvements from previous games in the series.
Some kind of picture caption could go here to add a little more info context to the images
28
The story gets going much quicker and the 3D battles are truly spectacular. The Pokémon-Amie feature lets you bond with your Pokémon like never before and the French setting gives the whole game a wonderful twist. Très magnifique!
29
PROFILES
ASH KETCHUM Type: Human Age: 10
WHO IS HE? Ash Ketchum has one dream – to become a Pokémonmaster. He hasn’t managed it yet, but he will never stop trying! Ash is a ten-year-old boy who has travelled through all the different regions, battling gyms and collecting Pokemon. Ash can be brash and arrogant sometimes, but he has a heart of gold. Ash changes his outfit when he visits different regions, but he always keeps his trademark baseball cap and Pokeball comb. His best friend is Pikachu, his starter Pokemon, and they go everywhere together.
GREATEST MOMENT
Ash has had too many amazing moments to pick just one. His greatest moment – when he finally becomes a Pokémonmaster – is yet to come!
36
ASH’S PIKACHU Type: Electric type Age: Unknown
WHO IS HE? Pikachu and Ash weren’t always friends. When they first met, Pikachu electrocuted Ash and made fun of him for trying to catch a Pidgey! However when Ash protected Pikachu from a flock of Spearow, they became firm friends. They both love battling and adventure, and are fiercely loyal. Pikachu is just as headstrong as Ash, which is perhaps why they are good friends. Pikachu was given the choice to evolve into a Raichu, but he wants to prove that he can beat stronger Pokémonwithout evolving. Team Rocket are constantly trying to steal him from Ash. GREATEST MOMENT
Ash once thought that Pikachu would be happier living with other Pikachu and let him go, but Pikachu chose Ash instead and returned to him. Sweet!
37
Roblox Master Gamer's Guide Kevin Pettman
There is a world of content to explore in Roblox, and Carlton's brand-new Master Gamer's Guide has everything you need to find, beat and even create the best games. This book contains info on the hottest Roblox games like Jailbreak and Hide and Seek Extreme, plus top tips to get you to the top of the leader boards, earn Robux, and impress your mates. There's even an easy-to-follow guide to start making your own games, plus crucial info on how to stay safe and have fun when you're playing online.
Author Details Kevin Pettman is a sports writer and editor of children's magazines and annuals, including Match of the Day and Match. He is also a regular contributor to Top Gear's annuals and children's titles.
Key Information
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$15.99 | NZ$18.99
•
ISBN
9781787392120
•
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Imprint
Carlton Books
Series
NA
Category
Child Non Fiction
Format
270 x 216 mm
Extent
64pp
Illustrations
Full colour
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
•
• •
Roblox is the largest user-generated online gaming platform, but with over 15 million games to try, you'll need this guide to help you pick and beat the best ones. The perfect guide to learn the basics of game making in step-by-step form, and help further spark users' imagination. Content is split into three sections: Playing; Game Tips and Tricks; Creating. This means readers will return to the book time and time again, as they unlock more and more of Roblox's potential. This is a much more social game than Minecraft, and young gamers will want to keep up with their friends who are already playing, hence the need for help from this safe and practical guidebook. Top games such as Jailbreak, Hide and Seek Extreme and Neverland Lagoon are all profiled in detail, with tips and tricks on how to master each game.
Adam Spencer's Mini Book of Numbers Adam Spencer
Our very own Sultan of STEM, Crusader of Calculus, Prince of Pi – Adam Barrington Spencer – is back in 2019 with more teasing, tantalising and tricky maths games, puzzles and quizzes for young and hungry minds. Scared of square roots? Petrified of Pythagoras? Frightened of factorials? Let Australia’s funniest mathematician enthral and entertain as he demystifies numbers in this bumper new edition. Adam Spencer’s Mini Book of Numbers follows on from the bestselling Enormous Book of Numbers (2015), Number Crunchers (2016), and The Number Detective (2018), and is guaranteed to keep kids aged 6-12 occupied for hours on end. Praise for Adam Spencer: ‘The things Adam Spencer writes about should be taught in every school worldwide.’ Malcolm Gladwell, author of The Tipping Point, Blink and Outliers.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781925589849
Publisher
Brio Books
Imprint
Brio Books
Series
NA
Category
Child Non Fiction
Format
234 x 153 mm
Extent
320pp
Illustrations
B&W, fully illustrated
Age Range
6 and up
•
SOR
•
Terms
‘Even the page numbers will start to look fascinating once you’ve read this book!’ Amanda Keller ‘Every bright young mind in Australia should read Adam Spencer’s Big Book of Numbers – and we oldies would benefit, too.’ Peter FitzSimons
Author Details In 1996, while doing a Maths PhD at Sydney Uni, Adam Spencer won the Melbourne International Comedy Festival Raw Comedy Championship. He went on to host the triple j breakfast show with Wil Anderson before graduating to 702 ABC Sydney where he hosted the breakfast show for eight years. His TV credits include The Glasshouse, Good News Week, The Project, Q&A and, with Dr Karl, Sleek Geeks. Adam is the author of several popular mathematics books for adults and kids.
Key Information
•
Makes maths fun! Adam’s on a mission to popularise STEM Great activity book in time for school holidays
Also by Adam Spencer:
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781925589580
Price
AU$26.99 | NZ$29.99
Price
AU$26.99 | NZ$29.99
ISBN
9781925143133
ISBN
9781925589696
Price
AU$34.99 | NZ$37.99
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781921134869
ISBN
9781921134883
Price
AU$34.99 | NZ$37.99
ISBN
9781925143188
Price
AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99
ISBN
9781925143201
Believe it or not ... T
here was a time pre-Google Maps when every car would have a tattered street directory shoved in the back of the passenger seat.
Yes, this is how we used to navigate our way in the dark ages before everyone had an iPhone telling them to ‘take the next left in 500 metres.’
Where Were y You esterda y
Can’t picture it? Well, allow me to recreate the experience for you.
aced inky mess (incoveniently pl istance) obscuring the d
10 0
km
So how far is it to WHERE YOU WANT TO BE?
km
The good news is that this map tells us how far each route is. The bad news? The map’s been damaged. No problemo for a whizz like you, though.
80
Here we have our map. A real, paper one! My mate wants to know how far it is between where we are and, well, where we want to be.
Where You Are
2
ou Y e r Whe to Be t Wan 3
H
ey, you! Yes, you! You’re a mammal, I presume? TBH, if you’re not, I’d love to hear from you — hit me up on Twitter @adambspencer.
But if you are, here’s a little fact about your, ah, pooping habits. Science says it’ll take a 12 seconds for you to empty your bowels, most commonly creating two pooey pieces in the process. Doesn’t matter whether you’re 4 kilograms of 4000 — that’s just how it is. How do we know? Shout out to Patricia Yang, mechanical Engineer PhD student at Georgia Institute of technology, Atlanta. Fancy a bonus fascinating faecal fact? One of the crucial parts of your body in helping you do the do is a layer of mucus in your colon. This helps the slip out easily. If the mucus is absorbed by your waste you get constipated and it gets a lot harder to say goodbye to the goo. And if you didn’t have this layer of mucus and applied no pressure at all, you’d only empty your bowels once every 500 days. Patricia warns, ‘It would be shortened to 6 hours if you apply maximum pressure, but I believe you’d still need to see a doctor.’
4
Just Bear with me ... o I’m on a camping trip. One morning, I decide to go for a little hike, so I leave my campsite and walk south for 3 km before turning east and walking for another 3 km. Then, I turn north and after walking for, you guessed it, another 3 km, I find a bear inside my tent eating my food!
S
What color was the bear?
5
Seven Truths .. 16
or Falsehoods?
3
True
5
False 12 is a multiple of 2
7
6
12
123 is a multiple of 3 1234 is a multiple of 4
15
1
12345 is a multiple of 5 123456 is a multiple of 6
Hip to be t
...
his is a 4 Ă— 4 magic square and the magic number is 34. You may remember the 3 Ă— 3 version from earlier. Well, same rules apply here. Fill in the square with the number 1 to 16 so that each row, column and the two diagonals add up to 34. Each number can only be used once!
6
1234567 is a multiple of 7
Wh ich of th e ab ov e are true an d wh ich are fa lse ? ca lc ul ators! Bo nu s po int s if yo u do it wi th ou t wr iti ng an yt hin g ou t.
No
7
7
4
12 4
8
2
4
6
5
Be a Trimaster F
9
orm an equation to get the number in the centre of each triangle using the 3 numbers at each corner. You are allowed to use any any of the basic operations + − Ă— á as well as parentheses ( ). Order of operations matters. Are you a trimaster?
8
2
1 9
FIFA Women's World Cup France 2019 Kids' Handbook Emily Stead
As excitement builds in the run-up to the 2019 FIFA Women's World Cup, the official FIFA Women's World Cup France™ 2019 Kids' Handbook provides the perfect tournament companion for younger football fans. Featuring ettie™, the 2019 FIFA World Cup mascot, this book is bursting with information about the host country, France, plus the stadiums, top teams, superstar players, FIFA Women's World Cup facts and stats.
Draft Cover
Bursting with football puzzles, quizzes, and games, this is a brilliant book for reluctant readers, with bite-sized text and all-action photos and activities.A fill-in progress chart lets young fans record match results as the tournament progresses, making this book a great personalised souvenir of the FIFA Women's World Cup 2019!
Author Details
Binding
Paperback
Emily Stead is an accomplished author who has written hundreds of children's titles, from best-selling character annuals through to story and activity books, including several colouring and activity books for top UK football clubs including Arsenal and Liverpool.
Price
AU$13.99 | NZ$17.99
Key Information
ISBN
9781783124497
Publisher
Carlton Publishing Group
Publication
Imprint Series Category
01 June 2019
Carlton Books
• •
NA
•
Child Non Fiction
• •
Format
246 x 189 mm
Extent
48pp
Illustrations
100 colour photos
Age Range
NA
Terms
SOR
Available 1 June 2019
The only official children's companion to the 2019 FIFA Women's World Cup, which will be held from 7 June to 7 July 2019 in France. Packed full of incredible FIFA Women's World Cup facts and records, plus quick-fire profiles of the top teams and players. Bursting with football puzzles, quizzes, and games. A brilliant book for reluctant readers, with bite-sized text and all-action photos and activities. Fill-in progress chart lets young fans record match results as the tournament progresses, making this book a great personalised souvenir of the FIFA Women's World Cup 2019!
Fantastic FIFA Women’s World Cup™ facts
MEET
ettieTM is a young chicken with a passion for life and football! She is also the mascot for the FIFA Women’s World Cup 2019. Cheeky and friendly, her name comes from the French word for “star”: “étoile”. Kitted out in her country’s colours – a redand-blue stripy top – ettieTM is set to light up the tournament with her warmth and slick skills!
Here are some awesome facts about the FIFA Women’s World Cup to wow your friends and family.
Fifty-two matches will be played at France 2019, with the opener in the French capital, Paris. That means at least 4,680 minutes of football, plus extra time!
Women had to wait 61 years after the first men’s FIFA World CupTM in 1930 to play in the first women’s tournament.
FEARSOME FOUR
Just four different teams have won the FIFA Women’s World Cup. Rearrange the letters to work out the winners, then match the teams to their flags.
1. PA JNA
The FIFA Women’s World Cup Trophy was designed for the 1999 tournament. A spiral band made of bronze covered in gold encircles an aluminium football at the top. The trophy is 47cm high and weighs 4.6kg.
2. TUNDEI EATSTS 3. WR ANYO
Canada 2015 was the best-attended FIFA Women’s World Cup in history, with over 1.3 million fans going to watch the matches.
4. MERYGAN
MISSING MATCH BALL The USA were the first team to take home the trophy following their victory at China 1991.
The 2015 tournament decider between the USA and Japan was the highest-scoring FIFA Women’s World Cup final ever! Which ball is the correct one: A, B, C or D?
Although Germany and the USA have won five titles between them, they have never met in a FIFA Women’s World Cup final.
A B
Switzerland’s Fabienne Humm scored the fastest hat-trick in the tournament’s history – it took her just five minutes in 2015!
™
6
C
D 7
My FIFA Women’s World Cup 2019™
u Germany enter the tournament as one of FIFA’s top-ranking teams. Here, Alexandra Popp scores against France in a friendly.
The hottest tournament of 2019 kicks off on 7 June! Which international team will you be cheering on? Colour in your team’s kit, then predict which teams and players will prove to be world-beaters.
The team I’m supporting:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
MY PREDICTIONS FIFA Women’s World Cup 2019 winner: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ FIFA Women’s World Cup 2019 runner-up: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ adidas Golden Boot winner: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ My favourite players:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____________________________________
8
adidas Golden Ball winner: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ adidas Golden Glove winner: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Road to Lyon Once all 24 spots at the FIFA Women’s World Cup France 2019™ had been filled, the teams were sorted into groups in December 2018. Now each team must be at the top of its game in the month-long battle to win the ultimate prize in women’s football! Here’s how the tournament will play out in France, from the first round to the final.
GROUP STAGES
There are six groups made up of four teams. Each team has to play the others in its group once, with the top two teams in each group progressing to the next round. The four best third-placed teams from the six groups advance to the knockout stage as well. Goal difference could be key here.
t England’s Toni Duggan will be hoping to open her FIFA Women’s World Cup goalscoring account in France.
{ Japan advance to the semis at Canada 2015 with a narrow win over Australia in the quarter-finals.
QUARTER-FINALS
Next up are the quarter-finals, through which eight teams become four. Matches are played over 90 minutes, with extra time and penalties if needed. Germany sneaked through to the semi-finals at Canada 2015 by beating France in a penalty shoot-out. The four ties will be played in Valenciennes, Le Havre, Rennes and Paris.
q Carli Lloyd smashes home the first of the USA’s five goals in the 2015 final.
ROUND OF 16
The six group winners, the six runners-up and the four best thirdplaced teams from the groups go through to the knockout stage. In these rounds, if the scores are level after 90 minutes, 30 minutes of extra time are played. If the teams are still drawing at the end of extra time, a penalty shoot-out decides the winner.
10
FINAL
The biggest match in women’s football is the FIFA Women’s World Cup final. The title has twice been decided on penalties, with the USA and Japan winning dramatic shoot-outs in 1999 and 2011 respectively, while the final at Canada 2015 was a seven-goal thriller! The Stade de Lyon will host this mega match.
SEMI-FINALS
The two semi-finals are usually nail-biting occasions, where just a single goal can decide whether a team reaches the final. The USA have made it to the semifinals at every single edition of the tournament. Both semi-finals will be played at the 58,000-capacity Stade de Lyon.
The USA’s 5-2 victory over Japan in the 2015 final was watched by 26.7 million viewers in the US – a record at the time for any football game, men’s or women’s.
Tournament rules The referee is in charge of the game and has two assistant referees to help apply the rules. With so much to play for, referees also have state-of-the-art technology to help them do their job. Making sure that the game is played fairly is a real team effort!
VANISHING SPRAY When a team is awarded a free kick, the referee may use a special vanishing foam spray to draw a line on the pitch, marking where opponents must stand as the free kick is taken (at least 9.15m behind the ball). Clever stuff!
q The refereeing team from the third-place playoff at Canada 2015 pose for a photo.
t Vanishing spray was introduced to speed up the game. The marks on the pitch disappear after about a minute.
PICKING A WINNER
What happens if the scores are level at the end of the game?
Extra time
From the round of 16 on, matches that are drawn after 90 minutes will go into extra time. Teams must play two extra halves of 15 minutes, plus any stoppage time. If the scores are still level after 120 minutes, the match will be settled by a penalty shoot-out.
GOAL-LINE TECHNOLOGY
Goal-line technology (GLT) is a computerised camera system that monitors both goals, alerting the referee if the whole of the ball crosses the line. The difference between scoring and not scoring can be just millimetres! GLT was first introduced at the FIFA Women’s World CupTM for the 2015 tournament in Canada. u At Canada 2015, Norway’s goal in their 2-1 round-of-16 defeat to England was confirmed by GLT. The system was used eight times during the tournament.
12
Penalty shoot-out
The FIFA Women’s World Cup final has twice been decided by a penalty shoot-out, in 1999 and 2011. In a shoot-out, each team takes five penalties in turn. If the scores are still tied after five penalties each, the spot kicks go to sudden death until one team is declared the winner.
q The German players celebrate after beating France in a tense shoot-out in the quarter-finals at Canada 2015.
Thank You For My Dreams Bedtime Prayers of Gratitude HSH Prince Alexei Lubomirski Sometimes saying "thank you" is all it takes to calm our minds, ignite our inner gratitude, and draw near those we love. From the official photographer of the 2018 royal wedding comes Thank You for My Dreams, an encouraging guide and helpful tool for parents and their children to begin the daily practice of saying "thank you." Not only do its brilliantly illustrated pages recognise the importance of gifts like family, health, the environment, prosperity, and art – they also prompt readers to reflect on what they're individually thankful for. As Lubomirski's own children narrate the thank-yous, Thank You for My Dreams creates an occasion for children and adults to express, enjoy, and connect through their gratitude. Publication
01 July 2019
Author Details
Binding
Hardback
Price
AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99
ISBN
9781449497422
Publisher
AMP
Imprint
Andrews McMeel Books
Series
NA
Category
New Age/Inspirational
Format
222 x 171 mm
HSH Prince Alexi Lubomirski was born to a Peruvian-English mother and a Polish-French father. He grew up between Botswana, Oxford, and London. At the age of eleven, he was informed of his true ancestral heritage and aristocratic bloodline. Having not grown up in royal surroundings with all the trappings, he was the first of his family in five hundred years to have the title with none of the material evidence. Thanks to this displaced upbringing, and after much trial and error, he gradually succeeded in marrying his history with his present, managing to fulfil his role as the bearer of this title; and at the same time adapting the meaning, in this modern-day world, for him and his sons. Apart from being primarily a husband and a father, Alexi Lubomirski is a world-renowned fashion photographer who has worked for several magazines, such as Vogue and Harper’s Bazaar. Among other things, Lubomirski shot the official engagement and wedding portraits for HRH Prince Harry and Meghan Markle. In 2014, He published Princely Advice for a Happy Life, a book written for his two young sons, on the virtues of behaving in a manner befitting a prince in the twenty-first century. Lubomirski is also a global ambassador for the humanitarian charity Concern Worldwide, to which he donates all of his book’s proceeds. @alexilubomirski.
Extent
96pp
Key Information
Illustrations
Full colour illustrations
Age Range
6 and up
Terms
SOR
•
Large social media following: Instagram: 341k followers, Twitter: 7.4k followers
•
Lubomirski was the official photographer for Prince Harry and Meghan Markle's engagement and wedding and continues to photograph boldface celebrities as seen on his Instagram (@alexilubomiski). Thank You for My Dreams has crossover potential: it fits in both the children's and inspiration categories, and its message and voice are able to be understood by kids, appreciated by adults, or read by parents and children together. Thank You for My Dreams covers a familiar subject with a unique take. Whereas most gratitude books are written as how-to or self-help journals, this book communicates thanks through the heartwarming, innocent voice of a child. This book creates a bridge between parent and child, helping the former instill the cherished value of thankfulness.
• • • •
Author gives 100% of his proceeds from the book to his charity, CONCERN Worldwide, a humanitarian organisation with a vision of a world where no one lives in poverty, fear, or oppression.
Thank you for letting us wake up every morning when we feel happy and healthy. 3
ThankYouforMyDreams_int.indd 3
11/27/18 10:41 AM
Thank you for when Mommy and Daddy wake us up with kisses and we get to have morning cuddles in their bed before breakfast.
4
ThankYouforMyDreams_int.indd 4
11/27/18 10:41 AM
Thank you for my ears so that I can hear the voices of all the people I love and also so I can hear birds singing in the morning before I wake up. 5
ThankYouforMyDreams_int.indd 5
11/27/18 10:41 AM
Thank you for the sun that keeps us warm, helps plants grow, and helps give us electricity through solar power,
without giving any pollution.
6
ThankYouforMyDreams_int.indd 6
11/27/18 10:41 AM
Writers and Their Pets True Stories of Famous Artists and Their Animal Friends Kathleen Krull An innovative way to discover the lives of famous writers through their connection with their pets. Did you know that Edgar Allan Poe wrote with a cat on his shoulders? That a dog saved Pablo Neruda’s life? Or that Mark Twain had a cat named Bambino? Writers and Their Pets tells these stories and many more with full-colour illustrations and a chirpy narrative that will delight literary buffs, history lovers, and animal enthusiasts. Writers and Their Pets is the perfect follow-up to the successful Artists and Their Pets .
Author Details Kathleen Krull is well known for her innovative, award-winning nonfiction for young readers, which includes the successful Lives of... series. Kathleen lives in San Diego, CA. Visit her at www.kathleenkrull.com and http://facebook.com/kathleen.krull
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Hardback
Violet Lemay is an award-winning author and illustrator whose children’s books include 100 Pablo Picassos , My Foodie ABC , and the Local Baby series, which includes New York Baby , Chicago Baby , and Beach Babies . Her worked as a professor of illustration at the Savannah College of Art and Design (SCAD) in Georgia. Violet’s illustrations have been published by Penguin, Holt, HarperCollins, McGraw-Hill, Scholastic, and Highlights magazine. Violet currently lives in Auckland, New Zealand.
Price
AU$29.99
Key Information
ISBN
9781947458529
Publisher
Workman Publishing
Imprint
Workman
Series
NA
Category
Child Nonfiction
Format
203 x 140 mm
Extent
192pp
Illustrations
Full colour illustrations
Age Range
9 and up
Terms
SOR
•
•
Packed with famous writers and their pets, including: Edgar Allan Poe, Charles Dickens, Mark Twain, Edith Wharton, Beatrix Potter, Gertrude Stein, Virginia Woolf, Dorothy Parker, William Faulkner, E.B. White, Ernest Hemingway, John Steinbeck, Elizabeth Barrett Browning, Marguerite Henry, Pablo Neruda, Kurt Vonnegut, Flannery O’Connor, Maurice Sendak, Alice Walker, and J.K. Rowling. Suited for young readers and adults alike, this book is perfect for parents and their kids interested in the life and work of famous writers.
The Future is Ours Feminist Stickers to Express Yourself duopress labs A sticker book for feminists. It is time to express yourself and change the world, one sticker at a time. This empowering book includes nearly 200 tear-resistant vinyl stickers for feminists with a cause. Illustrated by an amazing – and diverse – sisterhood of young artists, these stickers celebrate the fearless messages and icons of the feminist movement. Stick them on your laptop, phone, notebook, water bottle, or wherever you feel like it. Your book, your choice. The future is female, and the future is now: It is time to resist!
Author Details
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$24.99
ISBN
9781947458543
Publisher
Workman Publishing
Imprint
Workman
Series
NA
Category
duopress labs is the creative team, led by Mauricio Velázquez de León, responsible for writing and developing dozens of books and games. Recent titles include The Belly Sticker Book ; 100 Pablo Picassos ; My Fridge ; Hello, Ocean Friends ; My New York Puzzle ; My San Francisco Puzzle ; Match it! San Francisco ; and My First Lift-the-Flap Animal Book . Mauricio has written for Lonely Planet, Chouette, PowerKids Press, and the magazines Gourmet and Saveur . He resides wherever he can find a good Wi-Fi connection and strong coffee, mostly in the eastern United States. Chelsea O'Mara is a freelance illustrator located in the Shoals area of Alabama. She has done editorial illustrations for magazines like Nó Ala, SET, and What’s Up? Annapolis, as well as numerous children’s and adult books and interactive e-books from companies like Krullstone Publishing, Linxter, and Story Bayou. Chelsea works in a variety of different settings and mediums, expanding her work to include window murals, gaming apps, graphic novels, T-shirt and poster designs, podcast artwork, illustrated maps, and abstract paintings. In her down time she loves watching horror movies with her cats and drawing small illustrations that she hides around town for people to find.
Format
229 x 179 mm
Extent
24pp
Illustrations
4-colour illustrations throughout
Erica De Chavez is a Filipino-American illustrator and author, and also a full time designer of picture books, middle grade books, graphic novels, and board books for Harper Collins Publishers. She is the designer of the New York Times bestselling graphic novel PopularMMOS Presents A Hole New World and has the pleasure of working with talented artists and writers on many different books for children. She made her illustrator debut with the indie published The Girls' Q&A Book on Friendship . Erica enjoys a good cup of tea, playing with her jack russell terrier, Maxwell, and lives with her boyfriend in Brooklyn, NY. You can visit her online at www.PandaErica.com.
Age Range
14 and up
Key Information
Terms
FS
Young Adult NonFiction
• • • •
Feminism and feminist issues are regularly making headlines and starting conversations, both in the kids’ and young adult communities across the globe. Stickers are back! Stickers, especially those targeted to self-expression, empowerment, and activism, are extremely popular on sites like Etsy, Instagram, and Pinterest. The stickers and packaging will be highly designed, with a look and feel that will appeal to teens. The stickers are divided into different subjects, such as: Friendship; Me, Me, Me; Fantasy and Fun; Political; Activism; and more.
3
T S I N I FEM
AF
2
20
k this stic
on your h ead p h on e
21
k o e W s
#slothlife
Paint by Sticker Kids: Unicorns & Magic Workman A new Paint by Sticker Kids book (kids' series has 817,000 copies in print!) to feed kids' obsession! Ten bright and playful low-poly pieces of art feature kids' favourite magical creatures and scenes, created one sticker at a time. The boredom-busting fun of colouring meets the joy of paint by number and the interactive pleasure of a sticker book.
Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Paperback
Price
AU$29.99
ISBN
9780761193647
Publisher
Workman Publishing
Imprint Series Category
Workman NA
Paint by Sticker Kids has taken off! The four previous titles combined have 761,000 copies in print worldwide and are showing strong sales across a whole swath of retailers. Now introducing title number five, Paint by Sticker Kids: Unicorns and Magic, hitting the sweet spot of fantasy, this Paint by Sticker title includes everything kids need to create ten bright and colourful illustrations of some of their favourite fairy tale creatures and settings. There are two colourful unicorns (which happen to be among the very top toy trends of 2018), a friendly dragon, and a delicate fairy. There’s a mermaid swimming with a school of fish. There’s a beautiful princess, a wise old wizard, a misty tower, and that familiar setting for so many classic stories, a snug little cottage. Creating sticker art is pure fun and a nice change of pace from markers and crayons. Simply find the numbered sticker, peel it, place it in the right space, and little by little, a mesmerising fantasy image comes to life in the modern “low-poly” style that uses geometric shapes. The card-stock pages are perforated, so artwork can be easily removed for framing. Plus, there’s no mess to clean up! And attention, parents: This activity, perfect for rainy days, travel, or when you’re all gathered around the kitchen table, also helps kids practice recognising and learning numbers in an interactive, stress-free way. But don’t mention it.
Key Information •
Child Picture Book
Format
229 x 229 mm
Extent
34pp
Illustrations
Full colour
Age Range
5 and up
Terms
SOR
•
• •
The 3 Paint by Sticker Kids books have a combined 817,000 copies in print worldwide, with strong sales in a wide range of retailers. Unicorns are a top toy trend for 2018, and are showing up on products from toiletries and toys to fashion and breakfast cereal! Unicorns and fantasy are right on trend, and this activity book is a new item to add to the merchandising story, with images including a princess, a dragon, a fairy, a storybook cottage, a wizard, and a mermaid. A fun and mindful way to exercise creativity. Create 10 amazing pictures in the vibrant, playful, and modern "low-poly" style (using geometric polygon shapes) – using only stickers! Creating sticker art is as entertaining, meditative, and satisfying as colouring and is a welcome change from pencils, crayons and markers, and parents love that it gives kids genuinely fun practice with numbers. Stickers are fun, the results are tremendously satisfying, and there's no clean-up!
Price AU$19.99
Price AU$19.99
Price AU$19.99
ISBN 9780761189602
ISBN 9781523500383
ISBN 9781523502950
Baby Animals Stephanie Babin and Thierry Bedouet
Big, sturdy tabs to push and pull make for great learning fun in this brand-new nonfiction series. Baby Animals introduces a unique approach to telling preschool children about baby animals, featuring three pull tabs on each spread. Pull a tab to see a chick hatch from an egg or tadpoles become young frogs, push a tab to see a baby emperor penguin keep warm between his daddy's feet or a lion cub learn to hunt. With bite-size information just right for hungry young minds, Baby Animals is a welcome addition to any young child's library of nonfiction books.
Author Details Publication
01 May 2019
Stephanie Babin is an author of books for young children, particularly nonfiction and interactive titles. She lives in Paris, France.
Binding
Board Book
Price
AU$24.99
Thierry Bedouet is an illustrator and co-founder of Empty Cocagne, a publishing company. His work regularly appears in magazines and children's books. He lives in Nantes, France.
ISBN
9782408007935
Key Information
Publisher
Chronicle Books
Imprint Series Category
Chronicle Child
• •
NA
•
Child Non Fiction
• •
Format
218 x 252 mm
Extent
12pp
Illustrations
Full colour illustrations
Age Range
3 and up
Terms
SOR
Available 1 May 2019
Unique approach for preschool non-fiction titles, with a sturdy board book format, 5 pull tabs and 15 changing pictures. Big and sturdy pull tabs are just right for little hands. Kids love animals! Includes age-appropriate detail and information. Highly interactive book that encourages hands-on learning.
: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO
: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R O U H B PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO
The Human Body Stephanie Babin
Big, sturdy tabs to push and pull make for great learning fun in this brand-new nonfiction series. Preschool children learn how special their bodies are in this innovative format, featuring three pull-tabs on each spread. Pull a tab to see how to take care of your body or what our five senses are, and push a tab to take a close look at an X-ray of a skeleton! With just the right amount of age-appropriate information, The Human Body is the perfect title to add to any young child's library of nonfiction books.
Author Details Stephanie Babin is an author of books for young children, particularly nonfiction and interactive titles. She lives in Paris, France. Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Board Book
Price
AU$24.99
ISBN
9782408008505
Publisher
Chronicle Books
Imprint
Chronicle Child
Series
NA
Category
Child Non Fiction
Format
251 x 224 mm
Extent
12pp
Illustrations
Full colour illustrations
Age Range
3 and up
Terms
SOR
Key Information •
Sturdy pull tabs and full colour make for a great innovative and interactive package.
•
With fun, age-appropriate information this book is both fun and educational.
: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R O U H B PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO
: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R O U H B PY T I O AU TR C IS T O D N R FO
All About: Cars Geraldine Krasinski and Olivier Latyk
Turn a wheel to see cars of yesteryear, slide a new car onto a car carrier, pull a tab to wash a car, or help fill it with gas! The more than 20 flaps, pull tabs, and other moveable parts throughout add to the learning fun. From the manufacture of the first cars to what goes on at a garage, gas station, and car wash, Cars provides just the right amount of information for young minds. It's a comprehensive look into the exciting world of these four-wheeled vehicles that take us everywhere. Vroom, vroom . . . let's go!
Author Details Geraldine Krasinski is a children's books editor who has written many books for editions Milan, Tourbillon, and Larousse. She lives in Paris. Publication
01 July 2019
Binding
Hardback
Price
AU$27.99
ISBN
9782408007904
•
With more than 20 flaps, pull tans and moveable parts, this book is a fantastic interactive package.
Publisher
Chronicle Books
•
Imprint
Chronicle Child
This books provides just the right amount of fun, comprehensive and age-appropriate information for young minds keen to learn about the world of cars!
Series
NA
Category
Child Non Fiction
Format
208 x 236 mm
Extent
22pp
Illustrations
Full colour illustrations throughout
Age Range
3 to 5
Terms
SOR
Olivier Latyk is part of Brand New, a European artists' collective, and the illustrator of over 40 children's books. He also creates puzzles, toys, and mobiles, and enjoys fishing near his home in La Rochelle, France.
Key Information
Also Available:
Price
AU$24.99
Price
AU$24.99
ISBN
9782745995506
ISBN
9782745995513
: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO
: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO
The Mysterious Mansion A mind-bending activity book stranger than fairytale Daria Song A gorgeously imagined activity book that follows the story of a young girl who finds herself lost inside a mysterious mansion. Bestselling Korean colouring book artist and illustrator Daria Song brings her creative storytelling approach to a new, 4-colour activity book. A young girl, playing in the countryside, enters a mysterious mansion and must solve a variety of puzzles and riddles to get out. With a range of different activities – from dot-to-dot, to intricate mazes, to optical illusions and colouring pages – this dazzling interactive book is a new twist on adult colouring and activity. These varied and creative activities are presented in a gorgeous package that will delight, calm, and intrigue readers.
Author Details 01 July 2019
Daria Song is a bestselling colouring book author and illustrator based in South Korea. She is a lecturer at the Kaywon School of the Arts and the winner of the prestigious Kyung Hyang Arts contest.
Binding
Paperback
Key Information
Price
AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99
ISBN
9781449495190
Publisher
AMP
Publication
Imprint Series Category
Andrews McMeel Books NA Puzzles & Games
Format
279 x 222 mm
Extent
112pp
Illustrations
4-colour illustrations
Age Range
7 and up
Terms
SOR
• • •
Daria Song's previous colouring titles, The Time Garden, The Time Chamber, and The Night Voyage have sold over 300,000 copies. Not just colouring! The gorgeously illustrated pages include intricate mazes, dot-to-dot, optical illusions, hidden picture search, crosswords, and more. Daria Song's colouring art has attracted fans from all over the world and this is her first four-colour project. Reminiscent of the aesthetic of Lang Leav, these amazing pieces are a joy to look at.
10
TheMysteriousMansion_int.indd 10
9/21/18 10:21 AM
1
PANDORA’S BOX
11
TheMysteriousMansion_int.indd 11
9/21/18 10:21 AM
23
TheMysteriousMansion_int.indd 23
9/21/18 10:21 AM
24
TheMysteriousMansion_int.indd 24
9/21/18 10:21 AM
5
MIRROR, MIRROR
25
TheMysteriousMansion_int.indd 25
9/21/18 10:21 AM